@code
{sample-code}
@kbd
{keyboard-characters}
@key
{key-name}
@samp
{text}
@var
{metasyntactic-variable}
@env
{environment-variable}
@file
{file-name}
@command
{command-name}
@option
{option-name}
@dfn
{term}
@cite
{reference}
@acronym
{acronym}
@url
{uniform-resource-locator}
@email
{email-address[, displayed-text]}
tex
and texindex
texi2dvi
lpr -d
@pagesizes
[width][, height]: Custom page sizes
Texinfo is a documentation system that uses a single source file to produce both online information and printed output.
The first part of this master menu lists the major nodes in this Info document, including the @-command and concept indices. The rest of the menu lists all the lower level nodes in the document.
This is Edition 4.0 of the Texinfo manual, updated 28 September 1999.
--- The Detailed Node Listing ---
Overview of Texinfo
Using Texinfo Mode
Updating Nodes and Menus
Beginning a Texinfo File
The Texinfo File Header
The Title and Copyright Pages
@titlefont
, @center
,
and @sp
commands.
@title
, @subtitle
,
and @author
commands.
The `Top' Node and Master Menu
Ending a Texinfo File
Chapter Structuring
@top
command, part of the `Top' node.
Nodes
The @node
Command
@node
line.
@top
command.
Menus
Cross References
@xref
@xref
with one argument.
@xref
with two arguments.
@xref
with three arguments.
@xref
with four and five arguments.
Marking Words and Phrases
Indicating Definitions, Commands, etc.
Emphasizing Text
Quotations and Examples
@smallbook
.
Lists and Tables
Making a Two-column Table
Multi-column Tables
Indices
Combining Indices
@code
font for the merged-from index.
Special Insertions
@
.
Inserting @ and Braces
@
.
{
and }
.
Inserting Space
Inserting Ellipsis, Dots, and Bullets
Inserting TeX and the Copyright Symbol
@copyright
{}.
Glyphs for Examples
Glyphs Summary
Footnotes
Making and Preventing Breaks
Definition Commands
The Definition Commands
Conditionally Visible Text
@set
, @clear
, and @value
Internationalization
Defining New Texinfo Commands
Formatting and Printing Hardcopy
Creating and Installing Info Files
Creating an Info File
makeinfo
provides better error checking.
makeinfo
from a shell.
makeinfo
from Emacs.
makeinfo
.
Installing an Info File
install-info
options.
Sample Permissions
ifinfo
copying permissions.
Include Files
@include
command.
texinfo-multiple-files-update
expects.
@include
command
has changed over time.
Page Headings
Formatting Mistakes
makeinfo
finds errors.
texinfo-show-structure
.
Finding Badly Referenced Nodes
Info-validate
.
Documentation is like sex: when it is good, it is very, very good; and when it is bad, it is better than nothing. --Dick Brandon
The programs currently being distributed that relate to Texinfo include
portions of GNU Emacs, plus other separate programs (including
makeinfo
, info
, texindex
, and texinfo.tex
).
These programs are free; this means that everyone is free to use
them and free to redistribute them on a free basis. The Texinfo-related
programs are not in the public domain; they are copyrighted and there
are restrictions on their distribution, but these restrictions are
designed to permit everything that a good cooperating citizen would want
to do. What is not allowed is to try to prevent others from further
sharing any version of these programs that they might get from
you.
Specifically, we want to make sure that you have the right to give away copies of the programs that relate to Texinfo, that you receive source code or else can get it if you want it, that you can change these programs or use pieces of them in new free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
To make sure that everyone has such rights, we have to forbid you to deprive anyone else of these rights. For example, if you distribute copies of the Texinfo related programs, you must give the recipients all the rights that you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you must tell them their rights.
Also, for our own protection, we must make certain that everyone finds out that there is no warranty for the programs that relate to Texinfo. If these programs are modified by someone else and passed on, we want their recipients to know that what they have is not what we distributed, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on our reputation.
The precise conditions of the licenses for the programs currently being distributed that relate to Texinfo are found in the General Public Licenses that accompany them.
Texinfo1 is a documentation system that uses a single source file to produce both online information and printed output. This means that instead of writing two different documents, one for the online information and the other for a printed work, you need write only one document. Therefore, when the work is revised, you need revise only that one document.
We welcome bug reports or suggestions for the Texinfo system, both programs and documentation. Please email them to bug-texinfo@gnu.org. You can get the latest version of Texinfo from ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo/ and its mirrors worldwide.
For bug reports, please include enough information for the maintainers to reproduce the problem. Generally speaking, that means:
configure
.
When in doubt whether something is needed or not, include it. It's better to include too much than to leave out something important.
Patches are most welcome; if possible, please make them with
diff -c
(see Top) and include ChangeLog
entries (see Change Log).
When sending email, please do not encode or split the messages in any way if possible; it's much easier to deal with one plain text message, however large, than many small ones. GNU shar is a convenient way of packaging multiple and/or binary files for email.
Using Texinfo, you can create a printed document with the normal features of a book, including chapters, sections, cross references, and indices. From the same Texinfo source file, you can create a menu-driven, online Info file with nodes, menus, cross references, and indices. You can also create from that same source file an HTML output file suitable for use with a web browser. The GNU Emacs Manual is a good example of a Texinfo file, as is this manual.
To make a printed document, you process a Texinfo source file with the TeX typesetting program (but the Texinfo language is very different from TeX's usual language, plain TeX). This creates a DVI file that you can typeset and print as a book or report (see Hardcopy).
To output an Info file, process your Texinfo source with the
makeinfo
utility or Emacs's texinfo-format-buffer
command.
You can install the result in your Info tree (see Install an Info File).
To output an HTML file, process your Texinfo source with makeinfo
using the --html
option. You can (for example) install the
result on your web site.
If you are a programmer and would like to contribute to the GNU project
by implementing additional output formats for Texinfo, that would be
excellent. But please do not write a separate translator texi2foo for
your favorite format foo! That is the hard way to do the job, and makes
extra work in subsequent maintenance, since the Texinfo language is
continually being enhanced and updated. Instead, the best approach is
modify makeinfo
to generate the new format, as it does now for
Info and HTML.
TeX works with virtually all printers; Info works with virtually all computer terminals; the HTML output works with virtually all web browsers. Thus Texinfo can be used by almost any computer user.
A Texinfo source file is a plain ASCII file containing text and
@-commands (words preceded by an @
) that tell the
typesetting and formatting programs what to do. You may edit a Texinfo
file with any text editor; but it is especially convenient to use GNU
Emacs since that editor has a special mode, called Texinfo mode, that
provides various Texinfo-related features. (See Texinfo Mode.)
Before writing a Texinfo source file, you should learn about nodes, menus, cross references, and the rest, for example by reading this manual.
You can use Texinfo to create both online help and printed manuals; moreover, Texinfo is freely redistributable. For these reasons, Texinfo is the official documentation format of the GNU project. More information is available at the GNU documentation web page.
From time to time, proposals are made to generate traditional Unix man
pages from Texinfo source. This is not likely to ever be supported,
because man pages have a very strict conventional format. Merely
enhancing makeinfo
to output troff format would be
insufficient. Generating a good man page therefore requires a
completely different source than the typical Texinfo applications of
generating a good user manual or a good reference manual. This makes
generating man pages incompatible with the Texinfo design goal of not
having to document the same information in different ways for different
output formats. You might as well just write the man page directly.
If you wish to support man pages, the program help2man
may be
useful; it generates a traditional man page from the --help
output of a program. In fact, this is currently used to generate man
pages for the Texinfo programs themselves. It is free software written
by Brendan O'Dea, available from
http://www.ozemail.com.au/~bod/help2man.tar.gz.
An Info file is a Texinfo file formatted so that the Info documentation
reading program can operate on it. (makeinfo
and texinfo-format-buffer
are two commands that convert a Texinfo file
into an Info file.)
Info files are divided into pieces called nodes, each of which contains the discussion of one topic. Each node has a name, and contains both text for the user to read and pointers to other nodes, which are identified by their names. The Info program displays one node at a time, and provides commands with which the user can move to other related nodes.
Each node of an Info file may have any number of child nodes that describe subtopics of the node's topic. The names of child nodes are listed in a menu within the parent node; this allows you to use certain Info commands to move to one of the child nodes. Generally, an Info file is organized like a book. If a node is at the logical level of a chapter, its child nodes are at the level of sections; likewise, the child nodes of sections are at the level of subsections.
All the children of any one parent are linked together in a bidirectional chain of `Next' and `Previous' pointers. The `Next' pointer provides a link to the next section, and the `Previous' pointer provides a link to the previous section. This means that all the nodes that are at the level of sections within a chapter are linked together. Normally the order in this chain is the same as the order of the children in the parent's menu. Each child node records the parent node name as its `Up' pointer. The last child has no `Next' pointer, and the first child has the parent both as its `Previous' and as its `Up' pointer.2
The book-like structuring of an Info file into nodes that correspond to chapters, sections, and the like is a matter of convention, not a requirement. The `Up', `Previous', and `Next' pointers of a node can point to any other nodes, and a menu can contain any other nodes. Thus, the node structure can be any directed graph. But it is usually more comprehensible to follow a structure that corresponds to the structure of chapters and sections in a printed book or report.
In addition to menus and to `Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers, Info provides pointers of another kind, called references, that can be sprinkled throughout the text. This is usually the best way to represent links that do not fit a hierarchical structure.
Usually, you will design a document so that its nodes match the structure of chapters and sections in the printed output. But occasionally there are times when this is not right for the material being discussed. Therefore, Texinfo uses separate commands to specify the node structure for the Info file and the section structure for the printed output.
Generally, you enter an Info file through a node that by convention is named `Top'. This node normally contains just a brief summary of the file's purpose, and a large menu through which the rest of the file is reached. From this node, you can either traverse the file systematically by going from node to node, or you can go to a specific node listed in the main menu, or you can search the index menus and then go directly to the node that has the information you want. Alternatively, with the standalone Info program, you can specify specific menu items on the command line (see Top).
If you want to read through an Info file in sequence, as if it were a printed manual, you can hit <SPC> repeatedly, or you get the whole file with the advanced Info command g *. (see Advanced Info commands.)
The dir
file in the info
directory serves as the
departure point for the whole Info system. From it, you can reach the
`Top' nodes of each of the documents in a complete Info system.
If you wish to refer to an Info file in a URI, you can use the (unofficial) syntax exemplified in the following. This works with Emacs/W3, for example:
info:///usr/info/emacs#Dissociated%20Press info:emacs#Dissociated%20Press info://localhost/usr/info/emacs#Dissociated%20Press
The info
program itself does not follow URI's of any kind.
A Texinfo file can be formatted and typeset as a printed book or manual. To do this, you need TeX, a powerful, sophisticated typesetting program written by Donald Knuth.3
A Texinfo-based book is similar to any other typeset, printed work: it can have a title page, copyright page, table of contents, and preface, as well as chapters, numbered or unnumbered sections and subsections, page headers, cross references, footnotes, and indices.
You can use Texinfo to write a book without ever having the intention of converting it into online information. You can use Texinfo for writing a printed novel, and even to write a printed memo, although this latter application is not recommended since electronic mail is so much easier.
TeX is a general purpose typesetting program. Texinfo provides a
file texinfo.tex
that contains information (definitions or
macros) that TeX uses when it typesets a Texinfo file.
(texinfo.tex
tells TeX how to convert the Texinfo @-commands
to TeX commands, which TeX can then process to create the typeset
document.) texinfo.tex
contains the specifications for printing
a document. You can get the latest version of texinfo.tex
from
ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo.tex.
Most often, documents are printed on 8.5 inch by 11 inch
pages (216mm by 280mm; this is the default size), but you
can also print for 7 inch by 9.25 inch pages (178mm by
235mm; the @smallbook
size) or on European A4 size paper
(@afourpaper
). (See Printing "Small" Books.
Also, see Printing on A4 Paper.)
By changing the parameters in texinfo.tex
, you can change the
size of the printed document. In addition, you can change the style in
which the printed document is formatted; for example, you can change the
sizes and fonts used, the amount of indentation for each paragraph, the
degree to which words are hyphenated, and the like. By changing the
specifications, you can make a book look dignified, old and serious, or
light-hearted, young and cheery.
TeX is freely distributable. It is written in a superset of Pascal called WEB and can be compiled either in Pascal or (by using a conversion program that comes with the TeX distribution) in C. (See TeX Mode, for information about TeX.)
TeX is very powerful and has a great many features. Because a Texinfo file must be able to present information both on a character-only terminal in Info form and in a typeset book, the formatting commands that Texinfo supports are necessarily limited.
To get a copy of TeX, see How to Obtain TeX.
In a Texinfo file, the commands that tell TeX how to typeset the
printed manual and tell makeinfo
and
texinfo-format-buffer
how to create an Info file are preceded
by @
; they are called @-commands. For example,
@node
is the command to indicate a node and @chapter
is the command to indicate the start of a chapter.
Please note: All the @-commands, with the exception of the
@TeX{}
command, must be written entirely in lower
case.
The Texinfo @-commands are a strictly limited set of constructs. The strict limits make it possible for Texinfo files to be understood both by TeX and by the code that converts them into Info files. You can display Info files on any terminal that displays alphabetic and numeric characters. Similarly, you can print the output generated by TeX on a wide variety of printers.
Depending on what they do or what arguments4 they take, you need to write @-commands on lines of their own or as part of sentences:
@noindent
at the beginning of a line as
the only text on the line. (@noindent
prevents the beginning of
the next line from being indented as the beginning of a
paragraph.)
@chapter
at the beginning of a line
followed by the command's arguments, in this case the chapter title, on
the rest of the line. (@chapter
creates chapter titles.)
@dots{}
wherever you wish but usually
within a sentence. (@dots{}
creates dots ...)
@code{sample-code}
wherever you
wish (but usually within a sentence) with its argument,
sample-code in this example, between the braces. (@code
marks text as being code.)
@example
on a line of its own; write the
body-text on following lines; and write the matching @end
command, @end example
in this case, at the on a line of its own
after the body-text. (@example
... @end example
indents and typesets body-text as an example.) It's usually ok to
indent environment commands like this, but in complicated and
hard-to-define circumstances the extra spaces cause extra space to
appear in the output, so beware.
As a general rule, a command requires braces if it mingles among other
text; but it does not need braces if it starts a line of its own. The
non-alphabetic commands, such as @:
, are exceptions to the rule;
they do not need braces.
As you gain experience with Texinfo, you will rapidly learn how to write the different commands: the different ways to write commands make it easier to write and read Texinfo files than if all commands followed exactly the same syntax. (For details about @-command syntax, see @-Command Syntax.)
This section describes the general conventions used in all Texinfo documents.
@
, {
and
}
can appear in a Texinfo file and stand for themselves.
@
is the escape character which introduces commands.
{
and }
should be used only to surround arguments to
certain commands. To put one of these special characters into the
document, put an @
character in front of it, like this:
@@
, @{
, and @}
.
---
, for a dash--like this. In
TeX, a single or double hyphen produces a printed dash that is
shorter than the usual typeset dash. Info reduces three hyphens to two
for display on the screen.
@noindent
on a line by itself before the
paragraph.
@iftex
and @end iftex
commands, that region will appear only in
the printed copy; in that region, you can use certain commands
borrowed from plain TeX that you cannot use in Info. Likewise, if
you mark off a region with the @ifinfo
and @end ifinfo
commands, that region will appear only in the Info file; in that
region, you can use Info commands that you cannot use in TeX.
Similarly for @ifhtml ... @end ifhtml
,
@ifnothtml ... @end ifnothtml
,
@ifnotinfo ... @end ifnotinfo
,
@ifnottex ... @end ifnottex
.
See Conditionals.
Caution: Do not use tabs in a Texinfo file! TeX uses variable-width fonts, which means that it cannot predefine a tab to work in all circumstances. Consequently, TeX treats tabs like single spaces, and that is not what they look like. Furthermore,makeinfo
does nothing special with tabs, and thus a tab character in your input file may appear differently in the output.To avoid this problem, Texinfo mode causes GNU Emacs to insert multiple spaces when you press the <TAB> key.
Also, you can run
untabify
in Emacs to convert tabs in a region to multiple spaces.
You can write comments in a Texinfo file that will not appear in
either the Info file or the printed manual by using the
@comment
command (which may be abbreviated to @c
).
Such comments are for the person who revises the Texinfo file. All the
text on a line that follows either @comment
or @c
is a
comment; the rest of the line does not appear in either the Info file
or the printed manual. (Often, you can write the @comment
or
@c
in the middle of a line, and only the text that follows after
the @comment
or @c
command does not appear; but some
commands, such as @settitle
and @setfilename
, work on a
whole line. You cannot use @comment
or @c
in a line
beginning with such a command.)
You can write long stretches of text that will not appear in either
the Info file or the printed manual by using the @ignore
and
@end ignore
commands. Write each of these commands on a line
of its own, starting each command at the beginning of the line. Text
between these two commands does not appear in the processed output.
You can use @ignore
and @end ignore
for writing
comments. Often, @ignore
and @end ignore
is used
to enclose a part of the copying permissions that applies to the
Texinfo source file of a document, but not to the Info or printed
version of the document.
By convention, the names of Texinfo files end with one of the
extensions .texinfo
, .texi
, .txi
, or .tex
.
The longer extension is preferred since it describes more clearly to a
human reader the nature of the file. The shorter extensions are for
operating systems that cannot handle long file names.
In order to be made into a printed manual and an Info file, a Texinfo file must begin with lines like this:
\input texinfo @setfilename info-file-name @settitle name-of-manual
The contents of the file follow this beginning, and then you must end a Texinfo file with a line like this:
@bye
The \input texinfo
line tells TeX to use the
texinfo.tex
file, which tells TeX how to translate the Texinfo
@-commands into TeX typesetting commands. (Note the use of the
backslash, \
; this is correct for TeX.) The
@setfilename
line provides a name for the Info file and tells
TeX to open auxiliary files. The @settitle
line specifies a
title for the page headers (or footers) of the printed manual.
The @bye
line at the end of the file on a line of its own tells
the formatters that the file is ended and to stop formatting.
Usually, you will not use quite such a spare format, but will include mode setting and start-of-header and end-of-header lines at the beginning of a Texinfo file, like this:
\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*- @c %**start of header @setfilename info-file-name @settitle name-of-manual @c %**end of header
In the first line, -*-texinfo-*-
causes Emacs to switch into
Texinfo mode when you edit the file.
The @c
lines which surround the @setfilename
and
@settitle
lines are optional, but you need them in order to
run TeX or Info on just part of the file. (See Start of Header,
for more information.)
Furthermore, you will usually provide a Texinfo file with a title page, indices, and the like. But the minimum, which can be useful for short documents, is just the three lines at the beginning and the one line at the end.
Generally, a Texinfo file contains more than the minimal beginning and end--it usually contains six parts:
@ifinfo
and
@end ifinfo
commands so that the formatters place it only in the Info
file.
@titlepage
and @end titlepage
commands.
The title and copyright page appear only in the printed manual.
@bye
command on a line of its
own.
Here is a complete but very short Texinfo file, in six parts. The first
three parts of the file, from \input texinfo
through to
@end titlepage
, look more intimidating than they are. Most of
the material is standard boilerplate; when you write a manual, simply
insert the names for your own manual in this segment. (See Beginning a File.)
In the following, the sample text is indented; comments on it are not. The complete file, without any comments, is shown in Sample Texinfo File.
The header does not appear in either the Info file or the printed output. It sets various parameters, including the name of the Info file and the title used in the header.
\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*- @c %**start of header @setfilename sample.info @settitle Sample Document @setchapternewpage odd @c %**end of header
The summary description and copyright segment does not appear in the printed document.
@ifinfo This is a short example of a complete Texinfo file. Copyright @copyright{} 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc. @end ifinfo
The titlepage segment does not appear in the Info file.
@titlepage @sp 10 @comment The title is printed in a large font. @center @titlefont{Sample Title} @c The following two commands start the copyright page. @page @vskip 0pt plus 1filll Copyright @copyright{} 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc. @end titlepage
The `Top' node contains the master menu for the Info file. Since a printed manual uses a table of contents rather than a menu, the master menu appears only in the Info file.
@node Top, First Chapter, , (dir) @comment node-name, next, previous, up
@menu * First Chapter:: The first chapter is the only chapter in this sample. * Concept Index:: This index has two entries. @end menu
The body segment contains all the text of the document, but not the indices or table of contents. This example illustrates a node and a chapter containing an enumerated list.
@node First Chapter, Concept Index, Top, Top @comment node-name, next, previous, up @chapter First Chapter @cindex Sample index entry This is the contents of the first chapter. @cindex Another sample index entry Here is a numbered list. @enumerate @item This is the first item. @item This is the second item. @end enumerate The @code{makeinfo} and @code{texinfo-format-buffer} commands transform a Texinfo file such as this into an Info file; and @TeX{} typesets it for a printed manual.
The end segment contains commands for generating an index in a node and
unnumbered chapter of its own, (usually) for generating the table of
contents, and the @bye
command that marks the end of the
document.
@node Concept Index, , First Chapter, Top @unnumbered Concept Index @printindex cp @contents @bye
Here is what the contents of the first chapter of the sample look like:
This is the contents of the first chapter.Here is a numbered list.
- This is the first item.
- This is the second item.
The
makeinfo
andtexinfo-format-buffer
commands transform a Texinfo file such as this into an Info file; and TeX typesets it for a printed manual.
Richard M. Stallman invented the Texinfo format, wrote the initial
processors, and created Edition 1.0 of this manual. Robert J. Chassell greatly revised and extended the manual, starting with Edition
1.1. Brian Fox was responsible for the standalone Texinfo distribution
until version 3.8, and wrote the standalone makeinfo
and
info
. Karl Berry has made the updates since Texinfo 3.8 and
subsequent releases, starting with Edition 2.22 of the manual.
Our thanks go out to all who helped improve this work, particularly to
François Pinard and David D. Zuhn, who tirelessly recorded and
reported mistakes and obscurities; our special thanks go to Melissa
Weisshaus for her frequent and often tedious reviews of nearly similar
editions. The indefatigable Eli Zaretskii and Andreas Schwab have
provided patches beyond counting. Zack Weinberg did the impossible by
implementing the macro syntax in texinfo.tex
. Dozens of others
have contributed patches and suggestions, they are gratefully
acknowledged in the ChangeLog
file. Our mistakes are our own.
A bit of history: in the 1970's at CMU, Brian Reid developed a program
and format named Scribe to mark up documents for printing. It used the
@
character to introduce commands as Texinfo does and strived to
describe document contents rather than formatting.
Meanwhile, people at MIT developed another, not too dissimilar format called Bolio. This then was converted to using TeX as its typesetting language: BoTeX.
BoTeX could only be used as a markup language for documents to be printed, not for online documents. Richard Stallman (RMS) worked on both Bolio and BoTeX. He also developed a nifty on-line help format called Info, and then combined BoTeX and Info to create Texinfo, a mark up language for text that is intended to be read both on line and as printed hard copy.
You may edit a Texinfo file with any text editor you choose. A Texinfo file is no different from any other ASCII file. However, GNU Emacs comes with a special mode, called Texinfo mode, that provides Emacs commands and tools to help ease your work.
This chapter describes features of GNU Emacs' Texinfo mode but not any features of the Texinfo formatting language. If you are reading this manual straight through from the beginning, you may want to skim through this chapter briefly and come back to it after reading succeeding chapters which describe the Texinfo formatting language in detail.
Texinfo mode provides special features for working with Texinfo files. You can:
@node
lines.
Perhaps the two most helpful features are those for inserting frequently used @-commands and for creating node pointers and menus.
In most cases, the usual Text mode commands work the same in Texinfo
mode as they do in Text mode. Texinfo mode adds new editing commands
and tools to GNU Emacs' general purpose editing features. The major
difference concerns filling. In Texinfo mode, the paragraph
separation variable and syntax table are redefined so that Texinfo
commands that should be on lines of their own are not inadvertently
included in paragraphs. Thus, the M-q (fill-paragraph
)
command will refill a paragraph but not mix an indexing command on a
line adjacent to it into the paragraph.
In addition, Texinfo mode sets the page-delimiter
variable to
the value of texinfo-chapter-level-regexp
; by default, this is
a regular expression matching the commands for chapters and their
equivalents, such as appendices. With this value for the page
delimiter, you can jump from chapter title to chapter title with the
C-x ] (forward-page
) and C-x [
(backward-page
) commands and narrow to a chapter with the
C-x p (narrow-to-page
) command. (See Pages, for details about the page commands.)
You may name a Texinfo file however you wish, but the convention is to
end a Texinfo file name with one of the extensions
.texinfo
, .texi
, .txi
, or .tex
. A longer
extension is preferred, since it is explicit, but a shorter extension
may be necessary for operating systems that limit the length of file
names. GNU Emacs automatically enters Texinfo mode when you visit a
file with a .texinfo
, .texi
or .txi
extension. Also, Emacs switches to Texinfo mode
when you visit a
file that has -*-texinfo-*-
in its first line. If ever you are
in another mode and wish to switch to Texinfo mode, type M-x
texinfo-mode
.
Like all other Emacs features, you can customize or enhance Texinfo mode as you wish. In particular, the keybindings are very easy to change. The keybindings described here are the default or standard ones.
Texinfo mode provides commands to insert various frequently used @-commands into the buffer. You can use these commands to save keystrokes.
The insert commands are invoked by typing C-c twice and then the first letter of the @-command:
@code{}
and put the
cursor between the braces.
@dfn{}
and put the
cursor between the braces.
@end
and attempt to insert the correct following word,
such as example
or table
. (This command does not handle
nested lists correctly, but inserts the word appropriate to the
immediately preceding list.)
@item
and put the
cursor at the beginning of the next line.
@kbd{}
and put the
cursor between the braces.
@node
and a comment line
listing the sequence for the `Next',
`Previous', and `Up' nodes.
Leave point after the @node
.
@noindent
and put the
cursor at the beginning of the next line.
@samp{}
and put the
cursor between the braces.
@table
followed by a <SPC>
and leave the cursor after the <SPC>.
@var{}
and put the
cursor between the braces.
@example
and put the
cursor at the beginning of the next line.
{}
and put the cursor between the braces.
To put a command such as @code{...}
around an
existing word, position the cursor in front of the word and type
C-u 1 C-c C-c c. This makes it easy to edit existing plain text.
The value of the prefix argument tells Emacs how many words following
point to include between braces--1
for one word, 2
for
two words, and so on. Use a negative argument to enclose the previous
word or words. If you do not specify a prefix argument, Emacs inserts
the @-command string and positions the cursor between the braces. This
feature works only for those @-commands that operate on a word or words
within one line, such as @kbd
and @var
.
This set of insert commands was created after analyzing the frequency
with which different @-commands are used in the GNU Emacs
Manual and the GDB Manual. If you wish to add your own insert
commands, you can bind a keyboard macro to a key, use abbreviations,
or extend the code in texinfo.el
.
C-c C-c C-d (texinfo-start-menu-description
) is an insert
command that works differently from the other insert commands. It
inserts a node's section or chapter title in the space for the
description in a menu entry line. (A menu entry has three parts, the
entry name, the node name, and the description. Only the node name is
required, but a description helps explain what the node is about.
See The Parts of a Menu.)
To use texinfo-start-menu-description
, position point in a menu
entry line and type C-c C-c C-d. The command looks for and copies
the title that goes with the node name, and inserts the title as a
description; it positions point at beginning of the inserted text so you
can edit it. The function does not insert the title if the menu entry
line already contains a description.
This command is only an aid to writing descriptions; it does not do the whole job. You must edit the inserted text since a title tends to use the same words as a node name but a useful description uses different words.
You can show the section structure of a Texinfo file by using the
C-c C-s command (texinfo-show-structure
). This command
shows the section structure of a Texinfo file by listing the lines
that begin with the @-commands for @chapter
,
@section
, and the like. It constructs what amounts
to a table of contents. These lines are displayed in another buffer
called the *Occur*
buffer. In that buffer, you can position
the cursor over one of the lines and use the C-c C-c command
(occur-mode-goto-occurrence
), to jump to the corresponding spot
in the Texinfo file.
@chapter
, @section
, and such lines of a
Texinfo file.
*Occur*
buffer.
If you call texinfo-show-structure
with a prefix argument by
typing C-u C-c C-s, it will list not only those lines with the
@-commands for @chapter
, @section
, and the like, but
also the @node
lines. You can use texinfo-show-structure
with a prefix argument to check whether the `Next', `Previous', and `Up'
pointers of an @node
line are correct.
Often, when you are working on a manual, you will be interested only
in the structure of the current chapter. In this case, you can mark
off the region of the buffer that you are interested in by using the
C-x n n (narrow-to-region
) command and
texinfo-show-structure
will work on only that region. To see
the whole buffer again, use C-x n w (widen
).
(See Narrowing, for more
information about the narrowing commands.)
In addition to providing the texinfo-show-structure
command,
Texinfo mode sets the value of the page delimiter variable to match
the chapter-level @-commands. This enables you to use the C-x
] (forward-page
) and C-x [ (backward-page
)
commands to move forward and backward by chapter, and to use the
C-x p (narrow-to-page
) command to narrow to a chapter.
See Pages, for more information
about the page commands.
Texinfo mode provides commands for automatically creating or updating
menus and node pointers. The commands are called "update" commands
because their most frequent use is for updating a Texinfo file after
you have worked on it; but you can use them to insert the `Next',
`Previous', and `Up' pointers into an @node
line that has none and to
create menus in a file that has none.
If you do not use the updating commands, you need to write menus and node pointers by hand, which is a tedious task.
You can use the updating commands to:
You can also use the commands to update all the nodes and menus in a region or in a whole Texinfo file.
The updating commands work only with conventional Texinfo files, which
are structured hierarchically like books. In such files, a structuring
command line must follow closely after each @node
line, except
for the `Top' @node
line. (A structuring command line is
a line beginning with @chapter
, @section
, or other
similar command.)
You can write the structuring command line on the line that follows
immediately after an @node
line or else on the line that
follows after a single @comment
line or a single
@ifinfo
line. You cannot interpose more than one line between
the @node
line and the structuring command line; and you may
interpose only an @comment
line or an @ifinfo
line.
Commands which work on a whole buffer require that the `Top' node be
followed by a node with an @chapter
or equivalent-level command.
The menu updating commands will not create a main or master menu for a
Texinfo file that has only @chapter
-level nodes! The menu
updating commands only create menus within nodes for lower level
nodes. To create a menu of chapters, you must provide a `Top'
node.
The menu updating commands remove menu entries that refer to other Info files since they do not refer to nodes within the current buffer. This is a deficiency. Rather than use menu entries, you can use cross references to refer to other Info files. None of the updating commands affect cross references.
Texinfo mode has five updating commands that are used most often: two
are for updating the node pointers or menu of a single node (or a
region); two are for updating every node pointer and menu in a file;
and one, the texinfo-master-menu
command, is for creating a
master menu for a complete file, and optionally, for updating every
node and menu in the whole Texinfo file.
The texinfo-master-menu
command is the primary command:
With an argument (prefix argument, C-u, if interactive), first create or update all the nodes and all the regular menus in the buffer before constructing the master menu. (See The Top Node and Master Menu, for more about a master menu.)
For texinfo-master-menu
to work, the Texinfo file must have a
`Top' node and at least one subsequent node.
After extensively editing a Texinfo file, you can type the following:
C-u M-x texinfo-master-menu
or
C-u C-c C-u m
This updates all the nodes and menus completely and all at once.
The other major updating commands do smaller jobs and are designed for the person who updates nodes and menus as he or she writes a Texinfo file.
The commands are:
@node
line preceding point). If the
@node
line has pre-existing `Next', `Previous', or `Up'
pointers in it, the old pointers are removed and new ones inserted.
With an argument (prefix argument, C-u, if interactive), this command
updates all @node
lines in the region (which is the text
between point and mark).
Whenever texinfo-make-menu
updates an existing menu, the
descriptions from that menu are incorporated into the new menu. This
is done by copying descriptions from the existing menu to the entries
in the new menu that have the same node names. If the node names are
different, the descriptions are not copied to the new menu.
If a master menu exists, the texinfo-all-menus-update
command
updates it; but the command does not create a new master menu if none
already exists. (Use the texinfo-master-menu
command for
that.)
When working on a document that does not merit a master menu, you can type the following:
C-u C-c C-u C-a
or
C-u M-x texinfo-all-menus-update
This updates all the nodes and menus.
The texinfo-column-for-description
variable specifies the
column to which menu descriptions are indented. By default, the value
is 32 although it is often useful to reduce it to as low as 24. You
can set the variable with the M-x edit-options command
(see Edit Options) or with the M-x set-variable command (see Examining).
Also, the texinfo-indent-menu-description
command may be used to
indent existing menu descriptions to a specified column. Finally, if
you wish, you can use the texinfo-insert-node-lines
command to
insert missing @node
lines into a file. (See Other Updating Commands, for more information.)
To use the updating commands, you must organize the Texinfo file hierarchically with chapters, sections, subsections, and the like. When you construct the hierarchy of the manual, do not `jump down' more than one level at a time: you can follow the `Top' node with a chapter, but not with a section; you can follow a chapter with a section, but not with a subsection. However, you may `jump up' any number of levels at one time--for example, from a subsection to a chapter.
Each @node
line, with the exception of the line for the `Top'
node, must be followed by a line with a structuring command such as
@chapter
, @section
, or
@unnumberedsubsec
.
Each @node
line/structuring-command line combination
must look either like this:
@node Comments, Minimum, Conventions, Overview @comment node-name, next, previous, up @section Comments
or like this (without the @comment
line):
@node Comments, Minimum, Conventions, Overview @section Comments
In this example, `Comments' is the name of both the node and the
section. The next node is called `Minimum' and the previous node is
called `Conventions'. The `Comments' section is within the `Overview'
node, which is specified by the `Up' pointer. (Instead of an
@comment
line, you may also write an @ifinfo
line.)
If a file has a `Top' node, it must be called top
or Top
and be the first node in the file.
The menu updating commands create a menu of sections within a chapter, a menu of subsections within a section, and so on. This means that you must have a `Top' node if you want a menu of chapters.
Incidentally, the makeinfo
command will create an Info file for a
hierarchically organized Texinfo file that lacks `Next', `Previous' and
`Up' pointers. Thus, if you can be sure that your Texinfo file will be
formatted with makeinfo
, you have no need for the update node
commands. (See Creating an Info File, for more information about
makeinfo
.) However, both makeinfo
and the
texinfo-format-...
commands require that you insert menus in
the file.
In addition to the five major updating commands, Texinfo mode possesses several less frequently used updating commands:
@node
lines before the @chapter
,
@section
, and other sectioning commands wherever they are
missing throughout a region in a Texinfo file.
With an argument (C-u as prefix argument, if interactive), the
texinfo-insert-node-lines
command not only inserts
@node
lines but also inserts the chapter or section titles as
the names of the corresponding nodes. In addition, it inserts the
titles as node names in pre-existing @node
lines that lack
names. Since node names should be more concise than section or
chapter titles, you must manually edit node names so inserted.
For example, the following marks a whole buffer as a region and inserts
@node
lines and titles throughout:
C-x h C-u M-x texinfo-insert-node-lines
This command inserts titles as node names in @node
lines; the
texinfo-start-menu-description
command (see Inserting Frequently Used Commands) inserts titles as descriptions in
menu entries, a different action. However, in both cases, you need to
edit the inserted text.
texinfo-multiple-files-update
command is
described in the appendix on @include
files.
texinfo-indent-menu-description
command indents
every description in every menu in the region. However, this command
does not indent the second and subsequent lines of a multi-line
description.
texinfo-sequential-node-update
command
sequentially updates all the nodes in the region.
Texinfo mode provides several commands for formatting part or all of a Texinfo file for Info. Often, when you are writing a document, you want to format only part of a file--that is, a region.
You can use either the texinfo-format-region
or the
makeinfo-region
command to format a region:
You can use either the texinfo-format-buffer
or the
makeinfo-buffer
command to format a whole buffer:
For example, after writing a Texinfo file, you can type the following:
C-u C-c C-u m
or
C-u M-x texinfo-master-menu
This updates all the nodes and menus. Then type the following to create an Info file:
C-c C-m C-b
or
M-x makeinfo-buffer
For TeX or the Info formatting commands to work, the file must
include a line that has @setfilename
in its header.
See Creating an Info File, for details about Info formatting.
Typesetting and printing a Texinfo file is a multi-step process in which
you first create a file for printing (called a DVI file), and then
print the file. Optionally, you may also create indices. To do this,
you must run the texindex
command after first running the
tex
typesetting command; and then you must run the tex
command again. Or else run the texi2dvi
command which
automatically creates indices as needed (see Format with texi2dvi).
Often, when you are writing a document, you want to typeset and print
only part of a file to see what it will look like. You can use the
texinfo-tex-region
and related commands for this purpose. Use
the texinfo-tex-buffer
command to format all of a
buffer.
texi2dvi
on the buffer. In addition to running TeX on the
buffer, this command automatically creates or updates indices as
needed.
texindex
to sort the indices of a Texinfo file formatted with
texinfo-tex-region
. The texinfo-tex-region
command does
not run texindex
automatically; it only runs the tex
typesetting command. You must run the texinfo-tex-region
command
a second time after sorting the raw index files with the texindex
command. (Usually, you do not format an index when you format a region,
only when you format a buffer. Now that the texi2dvi
command
exists, there is little or no need for this command.)
texinfo-tex-buffer
or texinfo-tex-region
.
For texinfo-tex-region
or texinfo-tex-buffer
to work, the
file must start with a \input texinfo
line and must
include an @settitle
line. The file must end with @bye
on a line by itself. (When you use texinfo-tex-region
, you must
surround the @settitle
line with start-of-header and
end-of-header lines.)
See Hardcopy, for a description of the other TeX related
commands, such as tex-show-print-queue
.
In Texinfo mode, each set of commands has default keybindings that begin with the same keys. All the commands that are custom-created for Texinfo mode begin with C-c. The keys are somewhat mnemonic.
The insert commands are invoked by typing C-c twice and then the first letter of the @-command to be inserted. (It might make more sense mnemonically to use C-c C-i, for `custom insert', but C-c C-c is quick to type.)
C-c C-c c Insert@code
. C-c C-c d Insert@dfn
. C-c C-c e Insert@end
. C-c C-c i Insert@item
. C-c C-c n Insert@node
. C-c C-c s Insert@samp
. C-c C-c v Insert@var
. C-c C-c { Insert braces. C-c C-c ] C-c C-c } Move out of enclosing braces. C-c C-c C-d Insert a node's section title in the space for the description in a menu entry line.
The texinfo-show-structure
command is often used within a
narrowed region.
C-c C-s List all the headings.
The texinfo-master-menu
command creates a master menu; and can
be used to update every node and menu in a file as well.
C-c C-u m M-x texinfo-master-menu Create or update a master menu. C-u C-c C-u m With C-u as a prefix argument, first create or update all nodes and regular menus, and then create a master menu.
The update pointer commands are invoked by typing C-c C-u and
then either C-n for texinfo-update-node
or C-e for
texinfo-every-node-update
.
C-c C-u C-n Update a node. C-c C-u C-e Update every node in the buffer.
Invoke the update menu commands by typing C-c C-u
and then either C-m for texinfo-make-menu
or
C-a for texinfo-all-menus-update
. To update
both nodes and menus at the same time, precede C-c C-u
C-a with C-u.
C-c C-u C-m Make or update a menu. C-c C-u C-a Make or update all menus in a buffer. C-u C-c C-u C-a With C-u as a prefix argument, first create or update all nodes and then create or update all menus.
The Info formatting commands that are written in Emacs Lisp are invoked by typing C-c C-e and then either C-r for a region or C-b for the whole buffer.
The Info formatting commands that are written in C and based on the
makeinfo
program are invoked by typing C-c C-m and then
either C-r for a region or C-b for the whole buffer.
Use the texinfo-format...
commands:
C-c C-e C-r Format the region. C-c C-e C-b Format the buffer.
Use makeinfo
:
C-c C-m C-r Format the region. C-c C-m C-b Format the buffer. C-c C-m C-l Recenter themakeinfo
output buffer. C-c C-m C-k Kill themakeinfo
formatting job.
The TeX typesetting and printing commands are invoked by typing
C-c C-t and then another control command: C-r for
texinfo-tex-region
, C-b for texinfo-tex-buffer
,
and so on.
C-c C-t C-r Run TeX on the region. C-c C-t C-b Runtexi2dvi
on the buffer. C-c C-t C-i Runtexindex
. C-c C-t C-p Print the DVI file. C-c C-t C-q Show the print queue. C-c C-t C-d Delete a job from the print queue. C-c C-t C-k Kill the current TeX formatting job. C-c C-t C-x Quit a currently stopped TeX formatting job. C-c C-t C-l Recenter the output buffer.
The remaining updating commands do not have standard keybindings because they are rarely used.
M-x texinfo-insert-node-lines
Insert missing @node
lines in region.
With C-u as a prefix argument,
use section titles as node names.
M-x texinfo-multiple-files-update
Update a multi-file document.
With C-u 2 as a prefix argument,
create or update all nodes and menus
in all included files first.
M-x texinfo-indent-menu-description
Indent descriptions.
M-x texinfo-sequential-node-update
Insert node pointers in strict sequence.
Certain pieces of information must be provided at the beginning of a Texinfo file, such as the name of the file and the title of the document.
Generally, the beginning of a Texinfo file has four parts:
@ifinfo
and
@end ifinfo
commands so that the formatters place it only
in the Info file.
@titlepage
and
@end titlepage
commands. The title and copyright page appear
only in the printed manual.
Also, optionally, you may include the copying conditions for a program and a warranty disclaimer. The copying section will be followed by an introduction or else by the first chapter of the manual.
Since the copyright notice and copying permissions for the Texinfo document (in contrast to the copying permissions for a program) are in parts that appear only in the Info file or only in the printed manual, this information must be given twice.
The following sample shows what is needed.
\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*- @c %**start of header @setfilename name-of-info-file @settitle name-of-manual @setchapternewpage odd @c %**end of header @ifinfo This file documents ... Copyright year copyright-owner Permission is granted to ... @end ifinfo @c This title page illustrates only one of the @c two methods of forming a title page. @titlepage @title name-of-manual-when-printed @subtitle subtitle-if-any @subtitle second-subtitle @author author @c The following two commands @c start the copyright page. @page @vskip 0pt plus 1filll Copyright @copyright{} year copyright-owner Published by ... Permission is granted to ... @end titlepage @node Top, Overview, , (dir) @ifinfo This document describes ... This document applies to version ... of the program named ... @end ifinfo @menu * Copying:: Your rights and freedoms. * First Chapter:: Getting started ... * Second Chapter:: ... ... ... @end menu @node First Chapter, Second Chapter, top, top @comment node-name, next, previous, up @chapter First Chapter @cindex Index entry for First Chapter
Texinfo files start with at least three lines that provide Info and
TeX with necessary information. These are the \input
texinfo
line, the @settitle
line, and the
@setfilename
line. If you want to run TeX on just a part
of the Texinfo File, you must write the @settitle
and @setfilename
lines between start-of-header and end-of-header
lines.
Thus, the beginning of a Texinfo file looks like this:
\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*- @setfilename sample.info @settitle Sample Document
or else like this:
\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*- @c %**start of header @setfilename sample.info @settitle Sample Document @c %**end of header
Every Texinfo file that is to be the top-level input to TeX must begin with a line that looks like this:
\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
This line serves two functions:
\input texinfo
command
tells TeX to load the macros needed for processing a Texinfo file.
These are in a file called texinfo.tex
, which is usually located
in the /usr/lib/tex/macros
directory. TeX uses the backslash,
\
, to mark the beginning of a command, just as Texinfo uses
@
. The texinfo.tex
file causes the switch from \
to @
; before the switch occurs, TeX requires \
, which
is why it appears at the beginning of the file.
-*-texinfo-*-
mode
specification tells Emacs to use Texinfo mode.
Write a start-of-header line on the second line of a Texinfo file.
Follow the start-of-header line with @setfilename
and
@settitle
lines and, optionally, with other command lines, such
as @smallbook
or @footnotestyle
; and then by an
end-of-header line (see End of Header).
With these lines, you can format part of a Texinfo file for Info or typeset part for printing.
A start-of-header line looks like this:
@c %**start of header
The odd string of characters, %**
, is to ensure that no other
comment is accidentally taken for a start-of-header line.
@setfilename
In order to serve as the primary input file for either makeinfo
or TeX, a Texinfo file must contain a line that looks like this:
@setfilename info-file-name
Write the @setfilename
command at the beginning of a line and
follow it on the same line by the Info file name. Do not write anything
else on the line; anything on the line after the command is considered
part of the file name, including what would otherwise be a
comment.
The @setfilename
line specifies the name of the output file to
be generated. This name should be different from the name of the
Texinfo file. There are two conventions for choosing the name: you can
either remove the extension (such as .texi
) from the input file
name, or replace it with the .info
extension. When producing
HTML output, makeinfo
will replace any extension with
html
, or add .html
if the given name has no extension.
Some operating systems cannot handle long file names. You can run into
a problem even when the file name you specify is itself short enough.
This occurs because the Info formatters split a long Info file into
short indirect subfiles, and name them by appending -1
,
-2
, ..., -10
, -11
, and so on, to the original
file name. (See Tag Files and Split Files.)
The subfile name texinfo.info-10
, for example, is too long for
some systems; so the Info file name for this document is texinfo
rather than texinfo.info
. When makeinfo
is running on
operating systems such as MS-DOS which impose grave limits on file
names, it will sometimes remove some characters from the original file
name to leave enough space for the subfile suffix, thus producing files
named texin-10
, gcc.i12
, etc.
The Info formatting commands ignore everything written before the
@setfilename
line, which is why the very first line of
the file (the \input
line) does not show up in the output.
The @setfilename
line produces no output when you typeset a
manual with TeX, but it is nevertheless essential: it opens the
index, cross-reference, and other auxiliary files used by Texinfo, and
also reads texinfo.cnf
if that file is present on your system
(see Preparing for TeX).
@settitle
In order to be made into a printed manual, a Texinfo file must contain a line that looks like this:
@settitle title
Write the @settitle
command at the beginning of a line and
follow it on the same line by the title. This tells TeX the title
to use in a header or footer. Do not write anything else on the line;
anything on the line after the command is considered part of the
title, including a comment.
Conventionally, when TeX formats a Texinfo file for double-sided
output, the title is printed in the left-hand (even-numbered) page
headings and the current chapter title is printed in the right-hand
(odd-numbered) page headings. (TeX learns the title of each chapter
from each @chapter
command.) Page footers are not
printed.
Even if you are printing in a single-sided style, TeX looks for an
@settitle
command line, in case you include the manual title
in the heading.
The @settitle
command should precede everything that generates
actual output in TeX.
Although the title in the @settitle
command is usually the
same as the title on the title page, it does not affect the title as
it appears on the title page. Thus, the two do not need not match
exactly; and the title in the @settitle
command can be a
shortened or expanded version of the title as it appears on the title
page. (See @titlepage
.)
TeX prints page headings only for that text that comes after the
@end titlepage
command in the Texinfo file, or that comes
after an @headings
command that turns on headings.
(See The @headings
Command, for more
information.)
You may, if you wish, create your own, customized headings and footings. See Page Headings, for a detailed discussion of this process.
@setchapternewpage
In an officially bound book, text is usually printed on both sides of the paper, chapters start on right-hand pages, and right-hand pages have odd numbers. But in short reports, text often is printed only on one side of the paper. Also in short reports, chapters sometimes do not start on new pages, but are printed on the same page as the end of the preceding chapter, after a small amount of vertical whitespace.
You can use the @setchapternewpage
command with various
arguments to specify how TeX should start chapters and whether it
should format headers for printing on one or both sides of the paper
(single-sided or double-sided printing).
Write the @setchapternewpage
command at the beginning of a
line followed by its argument.
For example, you would write the following to cause each chapter to start on a fresh odd-numbered page:
@setchapternewpage odd
You can specify one of three alternatives with the
@setchapternewpage
command:
@setchapternewpage off
@headings double
command; see
The @headings
Command.)
@setchapternewpage on
This alternative is the default.
@setchapternewpage odd
Texinfo does not have an @setchapternewpage even
command.
You can countermand or modify the effect on headers of an
@setchapternewpage
command with an @headings
command.
See The @headings
Command.
At the beginning of a manual or book, pages are not numbered--for example, the title and copyright pages of a book are not numbered. By convention, table of contents pages are numbered with roman numerals and not in sequence with the rest of the document.
Since an Info file does not have pages, the @setchapternewpage
command has no effect on it.
We recommend not including any @setchapternewpage
command in
your manual sources at all, since the desired output is not intrinsic to
the document. Instead, if you don't want the default option (no blank
pages, same headers on all pages) use the --texinfo
option to
texi2dvi
to specify the output you want.
The Texinfo processors may insert whitespace at the beginning of the
first line of each paragraph, thereby indenting that paragraph. You can
use the @paragraphindent
command to specify this indentation.
Write an @paragraphindent
command at the beginning of a line
followed by either asis
or a number:
@paragraphindent indent
The indentation is according to the value of indent:
asis
The default value of indent is asis
.
@paragraphindent
is ignored for HTML output.
Write the @paragraphindent
command before or shortly after the
end-of-header line at the beginning of a Texinfo file. (If you write
the command between the start-of-header and end-of-header lines, the
region formatting commands indent paragraphs as specified.)
A peculiarity of the texinfo-format-buffer
and
texinfo-format-region
commands is that they do not indent (nor
fill) paragraphs that contain @w
or @*
commands.
See Refilling Paragraphs, for further information.
@exampleindent
: Environment IndentingThe Texinfo processors indent each line of @example
and similar
environments. You can use the @exampleindent
command to specify
this indentation. Write an @exampleindent
command at the
beginning of a line followed by either asis
or a number:
@exampleindent indent
The indentation is according to the value of indent:
asis
The default value of indent is 5. @exampleindent
is
ignored for HTML output.
Write the @exampleindent
command before or shortly after the
end-of-header line at the beginning of a Texinfo file. (If you write
the command between the start-of-header and end-of-header lines, the
region formatting commands indent examples as specified.)
Follow the header lines with an end-of-header line. An end-of-header line looks like this:
@c %**end of header
If you include the @setchapternewpage
command between the
start-of-header and end-of-header lines, TeX will typeset a region as
that command specifies. Similarly, if you include an @smallbook
command between the start-of-header and end-of-header lines, TeX will
typeset a region in the "small" book format.
The title page and the copyright page appear only in the printed copy of the manual; therefore, the same information must be inserted in a section that appears only in the Info file. This section usually contains a brief description of the contents of the Info file, a copyright notice, and copying permissions.
The copyright notice should read:
Copyright year copyright-owner
and be put on a line by itself.
Standard text for the copyright permissions is contained in an appendix
to this manual; see ifinfo
Copying Permissions, for the complete text.
The permissions text appears in an Info file before the first node. This mean that a reader does not see this text when reading the file using Info, except when using the advanced Info command g *.
A manual's name and author are usually printed on a title page. Sometimes copyright information is printed on the title page as well; more often, copyright information is printed on the back of the title page.
The title and copyright pages appear in the printed manual, but not in the Info file. Because of this, it is possible to use several slightly obscure TeX typesetting commands that cannot be used in an Info file. In addition, this part of the beginning of a Texinfo file contains the text of the copying permissions that will appear in the printed manual.
You may wish to include titlepage-like information for plain text
output. Simply place any such leading material between @ifinfo
and @end ifinfo
; makeinfo
includes this in its plain
text output. It will not show up in the Info readers.
See Titlepage Copying Permissions, for the standard text for the copyright permissions.
@titlefont
, @center
,
and @sp
commands.
@title
, @subtitle
,
and @author
commands.
@titlepage
Start the material for the title page and following copyright page
with @titlepage
on a line by itself and end it with
@end titlepage
on a line by itself.
The @end titlepage
command starts a new page and turns on page
numbering. (See Page Headings, for details about how to
generate page headings.) All the material that you want to appear on
unnumbered pages should be put between the @titlepage
and
@end titlepage
commands. You can force the table of contents to
appear there with the @setcontentsaftertitlepage
command
(see Contents).
By using the @page
command you can force a page break within the
region delineated by the @titlepage
and @end titlepage
commands and thereby create more than one unnumbered page. This is how
the copyright page is produced. (The @titlepage
command might
perhaps have been better named the @titleandadditionalpages
command, but that would have been rather long!)
When you write a manual about a computer program, you should write the
version of the program to which the manual applies on the title page.
If the manual changes more frequently than the program or is independent
of it, you should also include an edition number5 for the manual.
This helps readers keep track of which manual is for which version of
the program. (The `Top' node should also contain this information; see
@top
.)
Texinfo provides two main methods for creating a title page. One method
uses the @titlefont
, @sp
, and @center
commands
to generate a title page in which the words on the page are
centered.
The second method uses the @title
, @subtitle
, and
@author
commands to create a title page with black rules under
the title and author lines and the subtitle text set flush to the
right hand side of the page. With this method, you do not specify any
of the actual formatting of the title page. You specify the text
you want, and Texinfo does the formatting.
You may use either method, or you may combine them; see the examples in the sections below.
For extremely simple applications, and for the bastard title page in
traditional book front matter, Texinfo also provides a command
@shorttitlepage
which takes a single argument as the title. The
argument is typeset on a page by itself and followed by a blank page.
@titlefont
, @center
, and @sp
You can use the @titlefont
, @sp
, and @center
commands to create a title page for a printed document. (This is the
first of the two methods for creating a title page in Texinfo.)
Use the @titlefont
command to select a large font suitable for
the title itself. You can use @titlefont
more than once if you
have an especially long title.
For example:
@titlefont{Texinfo}
Use the @center
command at the beginning of a line to center
the remaining text on that line. Thus,
@center @titlefont{Texinfo}
centers the title, which in this example is "Texinfo" printed in the title font.
Use the @sp
command to insert vertical space. For example:
@sp 2
This inserts two blank lines on the printed page. (See @sp
, for more information about the @sp
command.)
A template for this method looks like this:
@titlepage @sp 10 @center @titlefont{name-of-manual-when-printed} @sp 2 @center subtitle-if-any @sp 2 @center author ... @end titlepage
The spacing of the example fits an 8.5 by 11 inch manual.
@title
, @subtitle
, and @author
You can use the @title
, @subtitle
, and @author
commands to create a title page in which the vertical and horizontal
spacing is done for you automatically. This contrasts with the method
described in the previous section, in which the @sp
command is
needed to adjust vertical spacing.
Write the @title
, @subtitle
, or @author
commands at the beginning of a line followed by the title, subtitle,
or author.
The @title
command produces a line in which the title is set
flush to the left-hand side of the page in a larger than normal font.
The title is underlined with a black rule. Only a single line is
allowed; the @*
command may not be used to break the title into
two lines. To handle very long titles, you may find it profitable to
use both @title
and @titlefont
; see the final example in
this section.
The @subtitle
command sets subtitles in a normal-sized font
flush to the right-hand side of the page.
The @author
command sets the names of the author or authors in
a middle-sized font flush to the left-hand side of the page on a line
near the bottom of the title page. The names are underlined with a
black rule that is thinner than the rule that underlines the title.
(The black rule only occurs if the @author
command line is
followed by an @page
command line.)
There are two ways to use the @author
command: you can write
the name or names on the remaining part of the line that starts with
an @author
command:
@author by Jane Smith and John Doe
or you can write the names one above each other by using two (or more)
@author
commands:
@author Jane Smith @author John Doe
(Only the bottom name is underlined with a black rule.)
A template for this method looks like this:
@titlepage @title name-of-manual-when-printed @subtitle subtitle-if-any @subtitle second-subtitle @author author @page ... @end titlepage
You may also combine the @titlefont
method described in the
previous section and @title
method described in this one. This
may be useful if you have a very long title. Here is a real-life example:
@titlepage @titlefont{GNU Software} @sp 1 @title for MS-Windows and MS-DOS @subtitle Edition @value{edition} for Release @value{cd-edition} @author by Daniel Hagerty, Melissa Weisshaus @author and Eli Zaretskii
(The use of @value
here is explained in @value
Example.)
By international treaty, the copyright notice for a book should be either on the title page or on the back of the title page. The copyright notice should include the year followed by the name of the organization or person who owns the copyright.
When the copyright notice is on the back of the title page, that page
is customarily not numbered. Therefore, in Texinfo, the information
on the copyright page should be within @titlepage
and
@end titlepage
commands.
Use the @page
command to cause a page break. To push the
copyright notice and the other text on the copyright page towards the
bottom of the page, you can write a somewhat mysterious line after the
@page
command that reads like this:
@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
This is a TeX command that is not supported by the Info formatting
commands. The @vskip
command inserts whitespace. The
0pt plus 1filll
means to put in zero points of mandatory whitespace,
and as much optional whitespace as needed to push the
following text to the bottom of the page. Note the use of three
l
s in the word filll
; this is the correct usage in
TeX.
In a printed manual, the @copyright{}
command generates a
c
inside a circle. (In Info, it generates (C)
.) The
copyright notice itself has the following legally defined sequence:
Copyright © year copyright-owner
It is customary to put information on how to get a manual after the copyright notice, followed by the copying permissions for the manual.
Permissions must be given here as well as in the summary segment within
@ifinfo
and @end ifinfo
that immediately follows the
header since this text appears only in the printed manual and the
ifinfo
text appears only in the Info file.
See Sample Permissions, for the standard text.
An @end titlepage
command on a line by itself not only marks
the end of the title and copyright pages, but also causes TeX to start
generating page headings and page numbers.
To repeat what is said elsewhere, Texinfo has two standard page heading
formats, one for documents which are printed on one side of each sheet of paper
(single-sided printing), and the other for documents which are printed on both
sides of each sheet (double-sided printing).
(See @setchapternewpage
.)
You can specify these formats in different ways:
@setchapternewpage
command
before the title page commands, and then have the @end
titlepage
command start generating page headings in the manner desired.
(See @setchapternewpage
.)
@headings
command to prevent page
headings from being generated or to start them for either single or
double-sided printing. (Write an @headings
command immediately
after the @end titlepage
command. See The @headings
Command, for more information.)
Most documents are formatted with the standard single-sided or
double-sided format, using @setchapternewpage odd
for
double-sided printing and no @setchapternewpage
command for
single-sided printing.
@headings
CommandThe @headings
command is rarely used. It specifies what kind of
page headings and footings to print on each page. Usually, this is
controlled by the @setchapternewpage
command. You need the
@headings
command only if the @setchapternewpage
command
does not do what you want, or if you want to turn off pre-defined page
headings prior to defining your own. Write an @headings
command
immediately after the @end titlepage
command.
You can use @headings
as follows:
@headings off
@headings single
@headings double
@headings on
@headings on
and @headings double
, are
synonymous.
@headings singleafter
@headings doubleafter
single
or double
headings, respectively, after the
current page is output.
@headings on
single
if @setchapternewpage
on
, double
otherwise.
For example, suppose you write @setchapternewpage off
before the
@titlepage
command to tell TeX to start a new chapter on the
same page as the end of the last chapter. This command also causes
TeX to typeset page headers for single-sided printing. To cause
TeX to typeset for double sided printing, write @headings
double
after the @end titlepage
command.
You can stop TeX from generating any page headings at all by
writing @headings off
on a line of its own immediately after the
line containing the @end titlepage
command, like this:
@end titlepage @headings off
The @headings off
command overrides the @end titlepage
command, which would otherwise cause TeX to print page
headings.
You can also specify your own style of page heading and footing. See Page Headings, for more information.
The `Top' node is the node from which you enter an Info file.
A `Top' node should contain a brief description of the Info file and an extensive, master menu for the whole Info file. This helps the reader understand what the Info file is about. Also, you should write the version number of the program to which the Info file applies; or, at least, the edition number.
The contents of the `Top' node should appear only in the Info file; none
of it should appear in printed output, so enclose it between
@ifinfo
and @end ifinfo
commands. (TeX does not
print either an @node
line or a menu; they appear only in Info;
strictly speaking, you are not required to enclose these parts between
@ifinfo
and @end ifinfo
, but it is simplest to do so.
See Conditionally Visible Text.)
Sometimes, you will want to place an @top
sectioning command
line containing the title of the document immediately after the
@node Top
line (see The @top
Sectioning Command, for more information).
For example, the beginning of the Top node of this manual contains an
@top
sectioning command, a short description, and edition and
version information. It looks like this:
... @end titlepage @ifnottex @node Top, Copying, , (dir) @top Texinfo Texinfo is a documentation system... This is edition... ... @end ifnottex @menu * Copying:: Texinfo is freely redistributable. * Overview:: What is Texinfo? ... @end menu
In a `Top' node, the `Previous', and `Up' nodes usually refer to the top
level directory of the whole Info system, which is called (dir)
.
The `Next' node refers to the first node that follows the main or master
menu, which is usually the copying permissions, introduction, or first
chapter.
A master menu is a detailed main menu listing all the nodes in a file.
A master menu is enclosed in @menu
and @end menu
commands and does not appear in the printed document.
Generally, a master menu is divided into parts.
@detailmenu
before the
first one, and @end detailmenu
after the last; otherwise,
makeinfo
will get confused.
Each section in the menu can be introduced by a descriptive line. So long as the line does not begin with an asterisk, it will not be treated as a menu entry. (See Writing a Menu, for more information.)
For example, the master menu for this manual looks like the following (but has many more entries):
@menu * Copying:: Texinfo is freely redistributable. * Overview:: What is Texinfo? * Texinfo Mode:: Special features in GNU Emacs. ... ... * Command and Variable Index:: An entry for each @-command. * Concept Index:: An entry for each concept. @detailmenu --- The Detailed Node Listing --- Overview of Texinfo * Info Files:: What is an Info file? * Printed Manuals:: Characteristics of a printed manual. ... ... Using Texinfo Mode * Info on a Region:: Formatting part of a file for Info. ... ... @end detailmenu @end menu
If the Texinfo file has a section containing the "General Public License" and the distribution information and a warranty disclaimer for the software that is documented, this section usually follows the `Top' node. The General Public License is very important to Project GNU software. It ensures that you and others will continue to have a right to use and share the software.
The copying and distribution information and the disclaimer are followed by an introduction or else by the first chapter of the manual.
Although an introduction is not a required part of a Texinfo file, it
is very helpful. Ideally, it should state clearly and concisely what
the file is about and who would be interested in reading it. In
general, an introduction would follow the licensing and distribution
information, although sometimes people put it earlier in the document.
Usually, an introduction is put in an @unnumbered
section.
(See The @unnumbered
and @appendix
Commands.)
The end of a Texinfo file should include commands to create indices and
(usually) to generate detailed and summary tables of contents. And it
must include the @bye
command that marks the last line processed
by TeX.
For example:
@node Concept Index, , Variables Index, Top @c node-name, next, previous, up @unnumbered Concept Index @printindex cp @contents @bye
To print an index means to include it as part of a manual or Info
file. This does not happen automatically just because you use
@cindex
or other index-entry generating commands in the
Texinfo file; those just cause the raw data for the index to be
accumulated. To generate an index, you must include the
@printindex
command at the place in the document where you
want the index to appear. Also, as part of the process of creating a
printed manual, you must run a program called texindex
(see Hardcopy) to sort the raw data to produce a sorted
index file. The sorted index file is what is actually used to
print the index.
Texinfo offers six different types of predefined index: the concept
index, the function index, the variables index, the keystroke index, the
program index, and the data type index (see Predefined Indices). Each
index type has a two-letter name: cp
, fn
, vr
,
ky
, pg
, and tp
. You may merge indices, or put them
into separate sections (see Combining Indices); or you may define
your own indices (see Defining New Indices).
The @printindex
command takes a two-letter index name, reads
the corresponding sorted index file and formats it appropriately into
an index.
The @printindex
command does not generate a chapter heading
for the index. Consequently, you should precede the
@printindex
command with a suitable section or chapter command
(usually @unnumbered
) to supply the chapter heading and put
the index into the table of contents. Precede the @unnumbered
command with an @node
line.
For example:
@node Variable Index, Concept Index, Function Index, Top @comment node-name, next, previous, up @unnumbered Variable Index @printindex vr @node Concept Index, , Variable Index, Top @comment node-name, next, previous, up @unnumbered Concept Index @printindex cp
Readers often prefer that the concept index come last in a book, since that makes it easiest to find. Having just one index helps readers also, since then they have only one place to look (see synindex).
The @chapter
, @section
, and other structuring commands
supply the information to make up a table of contents, but they do not
cause an actual table to appear in the manual. To do this, you must use
the @contents
and/or @summarycontents
command(s).
@contents
@heading
series of commands do not appear in the table of contents.)
@shortcontents
@summarycontents
@summarycontents
is a synonym for @shortcontents
; the
two commands are exactly the same.)
Generate a short or summary table of contents that lists only the chapters (and appendices and unnumbered chapters). Omit sections, subsections and subsubsections. Only a long manual needs a short table of contents in addition to the full table of contents.
Both contents commands should be written on a line by themselves.
The contents commands automatically generate a chapter-like heading at
the top of the first table of contents page, so don't include any
sectioning command such as @unnumbered
before them.
Since an Info file uses menus instead of tables of contents, the Info
formatting commands ignore the contents commands. But the contents are
included in plain text output (generated by makeinfo --no-headers
).
The contents commands can be placed either at the very end of the file,
after any indices (see the previous section) and just before the
@bye
(see the next section), or near the beginning of the file,
after the @end titlepage
(see titlepage). The advantage to
the former is that then the contents output is always up to date,
because it reflects the processing just done. The advantage to the
latter is that the contents are printed in the proper place, thus you do
not need to rearrange the DVI file with dviselect
or shuffle
paper. However, contents commands at the beginning of the document are
ignored when outputting to standard output.
As an author, you can put the contents commands wherever you prefer.
But if you are a user simply printing a manual, you may wish to print
the contents after the title page even if the author put the contents
commands at the end of the document (as is the case in most existing
Texinfo documents). You can do this by specifying
@setcontentsaftertitlepage
and/or
@setshortcontentsaftertitlepage
. The first prints only the main
contents after the @end titlepage
; the second prints both the
short contents and the main contents. In either case, any subsequent
@contents
or @shortcontents
is ignored (unless no
@end titlepage
is ever encountered).
You need to include the @set...contentsaftertitlepage
commands early in the document (just after @setfilename
, for
example). Or, if you're using texi2dvi
(see Format with texi2dvi), you can use its --texinfo
option to specify this
without altering the source file at all. For example:
texi2dvi --texinfo=@setshortcontentsaftertitlepage foo.texi
@bye
File EndingAn @bye
command terminates TeX or Info formatting. None of
the formatting commands see any of the file following @bye
.
The @bye
command should be on a line by itself.
If you wish, you may follow the @bye
line with notes. These notes
will not be formatted and will not appear in either Info or a printed
manual; it is as if text after @bye
were within @ignore
... @end ignore
. Also, you may follow the @bye
line
with a local variables list. See Using Local Variables and the Compile Command, for more information.
The chapter structuring commands divide a document into a hierarchy of chapters, sections, subsections, and subsubsections. These commands generate large headings; they also provide information for the table of contents of a printed manual (see Generating a Table of Contents).
The chapter structuring commands do not create an Info node structure,
so normally you should put an @node
command immediately before
each chapter structuring command (see Nodes). The only time you
are likely to use the chapter structuring commands without using the
node structuring commands is if you are writing a document that
contains no cross references and will never be transformed into Info
format.
It is unlikely that you will ever write a Texinfo file that is intended only as an Info file and not as a printable document. If you do, you might still use chapter structuring commands to create a heading at the top of each node--but you don't need to.
@top
command, part of the `Top' node.
A Texinfo file is usually structured like a book with chapters, sections, subsections, and the like. This structure can be visualized as a tree (or rather as an upside-down tree) with the root at the top and the levels corresponding to chapters, sections, subsection, and subsubsections.
Here is a diagram that shows a Texinfo file with three chapters, each of which has two sections.
Top | ------------------------------------- | | | Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Chapter 3 | | | -------- -------- -------- | | | | | | Section Section Section Section Section Section 1.1 1.2 2.1 2.2 3.1 3.2
In a Texinfo file that has this structure, the beginning of Chapter 2 looks like this:
@node Chapter 2, Chapter 3, Chapter 1, top @chapter Chapter 2
The chapter structuring commands are described in the sections that
follow; the @node
and @menu
commands are described in
following chapters. (See Nodes, and see Menus.)
The chapter structuring commands fall into four groups or series, each of which contains structuring commands corresponding to the hierarchical levels of chapters, sections, subsections, and subsubsections.
The four groups are the @chapter
series, the
@unnumbered
series, the @appendix
series, and the
@heading
series.
Each command produces titles that have a different appearance on the printed page or Info file; only some of the commands produce titles that are listed in the table of contents of a printed book or manual.
@chapter
and @appendix
series of commands produce
numbered or lettered entries both in the body of a printed work and in
its table of contents.
@unnumbered
series of commands produce unnumbered entries
both in the body of a printed work and in its table of contents. The
@top
command, which has a special use, is a member of this
series (see @top
).
@heading
series of commands produce unnumbered headings
that do not appear in a table of contents. The heading commands never
start a new page.
@majorheading
command produces results similar to using
the @chapheading
command but generates a larger vertical
whitespace before the heading.
@setchapternewpage
command says to do so, the
@chapter
, @unnumbered
, and @appendix
commands
start new pages in the printed manual; the @heading
commands
do not.
Here are the four groups of chapter structuring commands:
No new page
| |||
Numbered | Unnumbered | Lettered and numbered | Unnumbered
|
In contents | In contents | In contents | Not in contents
|
@top | @majorheading
| ||
@chapter | @unnumbered | @appendix
| @chapheading
|
@section | @unnumberedsec | @appendixsec
| @heading
|
@subsection | @unnumberedsubsec | @appendixsubsec
| @subheading
|
@subsubsection | @unnumberedsubsubsec | @appendixsubsubsec
| @subsubheading
|
@top
The @top
command is a special sectioning command that you use
only after an @node Top
line at the beginning of a Texinfo file.
The @top
command tells the makeinfo
formatter which node
is the `Top' node, so it can use it as the root of the node tree if your
manual uses implicit pointers. It has the same typesetting effect as
@unnumbered
(see @unnumbered
and @appendix
). For detailed information, see The @top
Command.
The @top
node and its menu (if any) is conventionally wrapped in
an @ifnottex
conditional so that it will appear only in Info and
HTML output, not TeX.
@chapter
@chapter
identifies a chapter in the document. Write the
command at the beginning of a line and follow it on the same line by
the title of the chapter.
For example, this chapter in this manual is entitled "Chapter
Structuring"; the @chapter
line looks like this:
@chapter Chapter Structuring
In TeX, the @chapter
command creates a chapter in the
document, specifying the chapter title. The chapter is numbered
automatically.
In Info, the @chapter
command causes the title to appear on a
line by itself, with a line of asterisks inserted underneath. Thus,
in Info, the above example produces the following output:
Chapter Structuring *******************
Texinfo also provides a command @centerchap
, which is analogous
to @unnumbered
, but centers its argument in the printed output.
This kind of stylistic choice is not usually offered by Texinfo.
@unnumbered
and @appendix
Use the @unnumbered
command to create a chapter that appears
in a printed manual without chapter numbers of any kind. Use the
@appendix
command to create an appendix in a printed manual
that is labelled by letter instead of by number.
For Info file output, the @unnumbered
and @appendix
commands are equivalent to @chapter
: the title is printed on a
line by itself with a line of asterisks underneath. (See @chapter
.)
To create an appendix or an unnumbered chapter, write an
@appendix
or @unnumbered
command at the beginning of a
line and follow it on the same line by the title, as you would if you
were creating a chapter.
@majorheading
, @chapheading
The @majorheading
and @chapheading
commands put
chapter-like headings in the body of a document.
However, neither command causes TeX to produce a numbered heading or an entry in the table of contents; and neither command causes TeX to start a new page in a printed manual.
In TeX, an @majorheading
command generates a larger vertical
whitespace before the heading than an @chapheading
command but
is otherwise the same.
In Info,
the @majorheading
and
@chapheading
commands are equivalent to
@chapter
: the title is printed on a line by itself with a line
of asterisks underneath. (See @chapter
.)
@section
In a printed manual, an @section
command identifies a
numbered section within a chapter. The section title appears in the
table of contents. In Info, an @section
command provides a
title for a segment of text, underlined with =
.
This section is headed with an @section
command and looks like
this in the Texinfo file:
@section @code{@@section}
To create a section, write the @section
command at the
beginning of a line and follow it on the same line by the section
title.
Thus,
@section This is a section
produces
This is a section =================
in Info.
@unnumberedsec
, @appendixsec
, @heading
The @unnumberedsec
, @appendixsec
, and @heading
commands are, respectively, the unnumbered, appendix-like, and
heading-like equivalents of the @section
command.
(See @section
.)
@unnumberedsec
@unnumberedsec
command may be used within an
unnumbered chapter or within a regular chapter or appendix to
provide an unnumbered section.
@appendixsec
@appendixsection
@appendixsection
is a longer spelling of the
@appendixsec
command; the two are synonymous.
Conventionally, the @appendixsec
or @appendixsection
command is used only within appendices.
@heading
@heading
command anywhere you wish for a
section-style heading that will not appear in the table of contents.
@subsection
CommandSubsections are to sections as sections are to chapters.
(See @section
.) In Info, subsection titles are
underlined with -
. For example,
@subsection This is a subsection
produces
This is a subsection --------------------
In a printed manual, subsections are listed in the table of contents and are numbered three levels deep.
@subsection
-like CommandsThe @unnumberedsubsec
, @appendixsubsec
, and
@subheading
commands are, respectively, the unnumbered,
appendix-like, and heading-like equivalents of the @subsection
command. (See @subsection
.)
In Info, the @subsection
-like commands generate a title
underlined with hyphens. In a printed manual, an @subheading
command produces a heading like that of a subsection except that it is
not numbered and does not appear in the table of contents. Similarly,
an @unnumberedsubsec
command produces an unnumbered heading like
that of a subsection and an @appendixsubsec
command produces a
subsection-like heading labelled with a letter and numbers; both of
these commands produce headings that appear in the table of
contents.
The fourth and lowest level sectioning commands in Texinfo are the `subsub' commands. They are:
@subsubsection
@subsection
.) In a printed manual,
subsubsection titles appear in the table of contents and are numbered
four levels deep.
@unnumberedsubsubsec
@appendixsubsubsec
@subsubheading
@subsubheading
command may be used anywhere that you need
a small heading that will not appear in the table of contents. In
Info, subsubheadings look exactly like ordinary subsubsection
headings.
In Info, `subsub' titles are underlined with periods. For example,
@subsubsection This is a subsubsection
produces
This is a subsubsection .......................
@raisesections
and @lowersections
The @raisesections
and @lowersections
commands raise and
lower the hierarchical level of chapters, sections, subsections and the
like. The @raisesections
command changes sections to chapters,
subsections to sections, and so on. The @lowersections
command
changes chapters to sections, sections to subsections, and so on.
An @lowersections
command is useful if you wish to include text
that is written as an outer or standalone Texinfo file in another
Texinfo file as an inner, included file. If you write the command at
the beginning of the file, all your @chapter
commands are
formatted as if they were @section
commands, all your
@section
command are formatted as if they were
@subsection
commands, and so on.
@raisesections
raises a command one level in the chapter
structuring hierarchy:
Change To @subsection @section, @section @chapter, @heading @chapheading, etc.
@lowersections
lowers a command one level in the chapter
structuring hierarchy:
Change To @chapter @section, @subsection @subsubsection, @heading @subheading, etc.
An @raisesections
or @lowersections
command changes only
those structuring commands that follow the command in the Texinfo file.
Write an @raisesections
or @lowersections
command on a
line of its own.
An @lowersections
command cancels an @raisesections
command, and vice versa. Typically, the commands are used like this:
@lowersections @include somefile.texi @raisesections
Without the @raisesections
, all the subsequent sections in your
document will be lowered.
Repeated use of the commands continue to raise or lower the hierarchical level a step at a time.
An attempt to raise above `chapters' reproduces chapter commands; an attempt to lower below `subsubsections' reproduces subsubsection commands.
Nodes are the primary segments of a Texinfo file. They do not themselves impose a hierarchical or any other kind of structure on a file. Nodes contain node pointers that name other nodes, and can contain menus which are lists of nodes. In Info, the movement commands can carry you to a pointed-to node or to a node listed in a menu. Node pointers and menus provide structure for Info files just as chapters, sections, subsections, and the like, provide structure for printed books.
The node and menu commands and the chapter structuring commands are technically independent of each other:
You can use node pointers and menus to structure an Info file any way you want; and you can write a Texinfo file so that its Info output has a different structure than its printed output. However, virtually all Texinfo files are written such that the structure for the Info output corresponds to the structure for the printed output. It is neither convenient nor understandable to the reader to do otherwise.
Generally, printed output is structured in a tree-like hierarchy in which the chapters are the major limbs from which the sections branch out. Similarly, node pointers and menus are organized to create a matching structure in the Info output.
Here is a copy of the diagram shown earlier that illustrates a Texinfo file with three chapters, each of which contains two sections.
The "root" is at the top of the diagram and the "leaves" are at the bottom. This is how such a diagram is drawn conventionally; it illustrates an upside-down tree. For this reason, the root node is called the `Top' node, and `Up' node pointers carry you closer to the root.
Top | ------------------------------------- | | | Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Chapter 3 | | | -------- -------- -------- | | | | | | Section Section Section Section Section Section 1.1 1.2 2.1 2.2 3.1 3.2
The fully-written command to start Chapter 2 would be this:
@node Chapter 2, Chapter 3, Chapter 1, Top @comment node-name, next, previous, up
This @node
line says that the name of this node is "Chapter
2", the name of the `Next' node is "Chapter 3", the name of the
`Previous' node is "Chapter 1", and the name of the `Up' node is
"Top". You can omit writing out these node names if your document is
hierarchically organized (see makeinfo Pointer Creation), but the
pointer relationships still obtain.
Please Note: `Next' refers to the next node at the same hierarchical level in the manual, not necessarily to the next node within the Texinfo file. In the Texinfo file, the subsequent node may be at a lower level--a section-level node most often follows a chapter-level node, for example. `Next' and `Previous' refer to nodes at the same hierarchical level. (The `Top' node contains the exception to this rule. Since the `Top' node is the only node at that level, `Next' refers to the first following node, which is almost always a chapter or chapter-level node.)
To go to Sections 2.1 and 2.2 using Info, you need a menu inside Chapter 2. (See Menus.) You would write the menu just before the beginning of Section 2.1, like this:
@menu * Sect. 2.1:: Description of this section. * Sect. 2.2:: @end menu
Write the node for Sect. 2.1 like this:
@node Sect. 2.1, Sect. 2.2, Chapter 2, Chapter 2 @comment node-name, next, previous, up
In Info format, the `Next' and `Previous' pointers of a node usually lead to other nodes at the same level--from chapter to chapter or from section to section (sometimes, as shown, the `Previous' pointer points up); an `Up' pointer usually leads to a node at the level above (closer to the `Top' node); and a `Menu' leads to nodes at a level below (closer to `leaves'). (A cross reference can point to a node at any level; see Cross References.)
Usually, an @node
command and a chapter structuring command are
used in sequence, along with indexing commands. (You may follow the
@node
line with a comment line that reminds you which pointer is
which.)
Here is the beginning of the chapter in this manual called "Ending a
Texinfo File". This shows an @node
line followed by a comment
line, an @chapter
line, and then by indexing lines.
@node Ending a File, Structuring, Beginning a File, Top @comment node-name, next, previous, up @chapter Ending a Texinfo File @cindex Ending a Texinfo file @cindex Texinfo file ending @cindex File ending
@node
CommandA node is a segment of text that begins at an @node
command and continues until the next @node
command. The
definition of node is different from that for chapter or section. A
chapter may contain sections and a section may contain subsections;
but a node cannot contain subnodes; the text of a node continues only
until the next @node
command in the file. A node usually
contains only one chapter structuring command, the one that follows
the @node
line. On the other hand, in printed output nodes
are used only for cross references, so a chapter or section may
contain any number of nodes. Indeed, a chapter usually contains
several nodes, one for each section, subsection, and
subsubsection.
To create a node, write an @node
command at the beginning of a
line, and follow it with up to four arguments, separated by commas, on
the rest of the same line. The first argument is required; it is the
name of this node. The subsequent arguments are the names of the
`Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers, in that order, and may be omitted
if your Texinfo document is hierarchically organized (see makeinfo Pointer Creation).
You may insert spaces before each name if you wish; the spaces are ignored. You must write the name of the node and the names of the `Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers all on the same line. Otherwise, the formatters fail. (see info, for more information about nodes in Info.)
Usually, you write one of the chapter-structuring command lines
immediately after an @node
line--for example, an
@section
or @subsection
line. (See Structuring Command Types.)
Please note: The GNU Emacs Texinfo mode updating commands work
only with Texinfo files in which @node
lines are followed by chapter
structuring lines. See Updating Requirements.
TeX uses @node
lines to identify the names to use for cross
references. For this reason, you must write @node
lines in a
Texinfo file that you intend to format for printing, even if you do not
intend to format it for Info. (Cross references, such as the one at the
end of this sentence, are made with @xref
and related commands;
see Cross References.)
@node
line.
@top
command.
The name of a node identifies the node. The pointers enable you to reach other nodes and consist of the names of those nodes.
Normally, a node's `Up' pointer contains the name of the node whose menu mentions that node. The node's `Next' pointer contains the name of the node that follows that node in that menu and its `Previous' pointer contains the name of the node that precedes it in that menu. When a node's `Previous' node is the same as its `Up' node, both node pointers name the same node.
Usually, the first node of a Texinfo file is the `Top' node, and its
`Up' and `Previous' pointers point to the dir
file, which
contains the main menu for all of Info.
The `Top' node itself contains the main or master menu for the manual. Also, it is helpful to include a brief description of the manual in the `Top' node. See First Node, for information on how to write the first node of a Texinfo file.
Even when you explicitly specify all pointers, that does not mean you can write the nodes in the Texinfo source file in an arbitrary order! Because TeX processes the file sequentially, irrespective of node pointers, you must write the nodes in the order you wish them to appear in the printed output.
@node
LineThe easiest way to write an @node
line is to write @node
at the beginning of a line and then the name of the node, like
this:
@node node-name
If you are using GNU Emacs, you can use the update node commands
provided by Texinfo mode to insert the names of the pointers; or you
can leave the pointers out of the Texinfo file and let makeinfo
insert node pointers into the Info file it creates. (See Texinfo Mode, and makeinfo Pointer Creation.)
Alternatively, you can insert the `Next', `Previous', and `Up'
pointers yourself. If you do this, you may find it helpful to use the
Texinfo mode keyboard command C-c C-c n. This command inserts
@node
and a comment line listing the names of the pointers in
their proper order. The comment line helps you keep track of which
arguments are for which pointers. This comment line is especially useful
if you are not familiar with Texinfo.
The template for a fully-written-out node line with `Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers looks like this:
@node node-name, next, previous, up
If you wish, you can ignore @node
lines altogether in your first
draft and then use the texinfo-insert-node-lines
command to
create @node
lines for you. However, we do not recommend this
practice. It is better to name the node itself at the same time that
you write a segment so you can easily make cross references. A large
number of cross references are an especially important feature of a good
Info file.
After you have inserted an @node
line, you should immediately
write an @-command for the chapter or section and insert its name.
Next (and this is important!), put in several index entries. Usually,
you will find at least two and often as many as four or five ways of
referring to the node in the index. Use them all. This will make it
much easier for people to find the node.
@node
Line TipsHere are three suggestions:
In the Info file, the file name, node name, and pointer names are all inserted on one line, which may run into the right edge of the window. (This does not cause a problem with Info, but is ugly.)
@node
Line RequirementsHere are several requirements for @node
lines:
Duplicates confuse the Info movement commands. This means, for example, that if you end every chapter with a summary, you must name each summary node differently. You cannot just call each one "Summary". You may, however, duplicate the titles of chapters, sections, and the like. Thus you can end each chapter in a book with a section called "Summary", so long as the node names for those sections are all different.
The node to which a pointer points may come before or after the node containing the pointer.
Thus, the beginning of the section called @chapter
looks like
this:
@node chapter, unnumbered & appendix, makeinfo top, Structuring @comment node-name, next, previous, up @section @code{@@chapter} @findex chapter
For example, the following is a section title:
@code{@@unnumberedsec}, @code{@@appendixsec}, @code{@@heading}
The corresponding node name is:
unnumberedsec appendixsec heading
The first node of a Texinfo file is the Top node, except in an included file (see Include Files). The Top node contains the main or master menu for the document, and a short summary of the document (see Top Node Summary).
The Top node (which must be named top
or Top
) should have
as its `Up' node the name of a node in another file, where there is a
menu that leads to this file. Specify the file name in parentheses. If
the file is to be installed directly in the Info directory file, use
(dir)
as the parent of the Top node; this is short for
(dir)top
, and specifies the Top node in the dir
file,
which contains the main menu for the Info system as a whole. For
example, the @node Top
line of this manual looks like this:
@node Top, Copying, , (dir)
(You can use the Texinfo updating commands or the makeinfo
utility to insert these pointers automatically.)
Do not define the `Previous' node of the Top node to be (dir)
, as
it causes confusing behavior for users: if you are in the Top node and
hits <DEL> to go backwards, you wind up in the middle of the
some other entry in the dir
file, which has nothing to do with
what you were reading.
See Install an Info File, for more information about installing
an Info file in the info
directory.
@top
Sectioning CommandA special sectioning command, @top
, has been created for use
with the @node Top
line. The @top
sectioning command tells
makeinfo
that it marks the `Top' node in the file. It provides
the information that makeinfo
needs to insert node
pointers automatically. Write the @top
command at the
beginning of the line immediately following the @node Top
line. Write the title on the remaining part of the same line as the
@top
command.
In Info, the @top
sectioning command causes the title to appear on a
line by itself, with a line of asterisks inserted underneath.
In TeX and texinfo-format-buffer
, the @top
sectioning command is merely a synonym for @unnumbered
.
Neither of these formatters require an @top
command, and do
nothing special with it. You can use @chapter
or
@unnumbered
after the @node Top
line when you use
these formatters. Also, you can use @chapter
or
@unnumbered
when you use the Texinfo updating commands to
create or update pointers and menus.
You can help readers by writing a summary in the `Top' node, after the
@top
line, before the main or master menu. The summary should
briefly describe the document. In Info, this summary will appear just
before the master menu. In a printed manual, this summary will appear
on a page of its own.
If you do not want the summary to appear on a page of its own in a
printed manual, you can enclose the whole of the `Top' node, including
the @node Top
line and the @top
sectioning command line
or other sectioning command line between @ifinfo
and @end
ifinfo
. This prevents any of the text from appearing in the printed
output. (see Conditionally Visible Text). You can
repeat the brief description from the `Top' node within @iftex
... @end iftex
at the beginning of the first chapter, for
those who read the printed manual. This saves paper and may look
neater.
You should write the version number of the program to which the manual
applies in the summary. This helps the reader keep track of which
manual is for which version of the program. If the manual changes more
frequently than the program or is independent of it, you should also
include an edition number for the manual. (The title page should also
contain this information: see @titlepage
.)
makeinfo
The makeinfo
program has a feature for automatically defining
node pointers for a hierarchically organized file.
When you take advantage of this feature, you do not need to write the
`Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers after the name of a node.
However, you must write a sectioning command, such as @chapter
or @section
, on the line immediately following each truncated
@node
line (except that comment lines may intervene).
In addition, you must follow the `Top' @node
line with a line
beginning with @top
to mark the `Top' node in the
file. See @top
.
Finally, you must write the name of each node (except for the `Top' node) in a menu that is one or more hierarchical levels above the node's hierarchical level.
This node pointer insertion feature in makeinfo
relieves you from
the need to update menus and pointers manually or with Texinfo mode
commands. (See Updating Nodes and Menus.)
@anchor
: Defining Arbitrary Cross-reference TargetsAn anchor is a position in your document, labeled so that
cross-references can refer to it, just as they can to nodes. You create
an anchor with the @anchor
command, and give the label as a
normal brace-delimited argument. For example:
This marks the @anchor{x-spot}spot. ... @xref{x-spot,,the spot}.
produces:
This marks the spot. ... See [the spot], page 1.
As you can see, the @anchor
command itself produces no output.
This example defines an anchor `x-spot' just before the word `spot'.
You can refer to it later with an @xref
or other cross-reference
command, as shown. See Cross References, for details on the
cross-reference commands.
It is best to put @anchor
commands just before the position you
wish to refer to; that way, the reader's eye is led on to the correct
text when they jump to the anchor. You can put the @anchor
command on a line by itself if that helps readability of the source.
Spaces are always ignored after @anchor
.
Anchor names and node names may not conflict. Anchors and nodes are
given similar treatment in some ways; for example, the goto-node
command in standalone Info takes either an anchor name or a node name as
an argument. (See goto-node.)
Menus contain pointers to subordinate nodes.6 In Info, you use menus to go to such nodes. Menus have no effect in printed manuals and do not appear in them.
By convention, a menu is put at the end of a node since a reader who uses the menu may not see text that follows it. Furthermore, a node that has a menu should not contain much text. If you have a lot of text and a menu, move most of the text into a new subnode--all but a few lines. Otherwise, a reader with a terminal that displays only a few lines may miss the menu and its associated text. As a practical matter, you should locate a menu within 20 lines of the beginning of the node.
The short text before a menu may look awkward in a printed manual. To
avoid this, you can write a menu near the beginning of its node and
follow the menu by an @node
line, and then an @heading
line located within @ifinfo
and @end ifinfo
. This way,
the menu, @node
line, and title appear only in the Info file,
not the printed document.
For example, the preceding two paragraphs follow an Info-only menu,
@node
line, and heading, and look like this:
@menu * Menu Location:: Put a menu in a short node. * Writing a Menu:: What is a menu? * Menu Parts:: A menu entry has three parts. * Less Cluttered Menu Entry:: Two part menu entry. * Menu Example:: Two and three part entries. * Other Info Files:: How to refer to a different Info file. @end menu @node Menu Location, Writing a Menu, , Menus @ifinfo @heading Menus Need Short Nodes @end ifinfo
The Texinfo file for this document contains more than a dozen examples of this procedure. One is at the beginning of this chapter; another is at the beginning of Cross References.
A menu consists of an @menu
command on a line by
itself followed by menu entry lines or menu comment lines
and then by an @end menu
command on a line by
itself.
A menu looks like this:
@menu Larger Units of Text * Files:: All about handling files. * Multiples: Buffers. Multiple buffers; editing several files at once. @end menu
In a menu, every line that begins with an *
is a menu
entry. (Note the space after the asterisk.) A line that does not
start with an *
may also appear in a menu. Such a line is
not a menu entry but is a menu comment line that appears in the Info
file. In the example above, the line Larger Units of Text
is a
menu comment line; the two lines starting with *
are menu
entries. Space characters in a menu are preserved as-is; this allows
you to format the menu as you wish.
A menu entry has three parts, only the second of which is required:
The template for a menu entry looks like this:
* menu-entry-name: node-name. description
Follow the menu entry name with a single colon and follow the node name with tab, comma, period, or newline.
In Info, a user selects a node with the m (Info-menu
)
command. The menu entry name is what the user types after the m
command.
The third part of a menu entry is a descriptive phrase or sentence. Menu entry names and node names are often short; the description explains to the reader what the node is about. A useful description complements the node name rather than repeats it. The description, which is optional, can spread over two or more lines; if it does, some authors prefer to indent the second line while others prefer to align it with the first (and all others). It's up to you.
When the menu entry name and node name are the same, you can write the name immediately after the asterisk and space at the beginning of the line and follow the name with two colons.
For example, write
* Name:: description
instead of
* Name: Name. description
You should use the node name for the menu entry name whenever possible, since it reduces visual clutter in the menu.
A menu looks like this in Texinfo:
@menu * menu entry name: Node name. A short description. * Node name:: This form is preferred. @end menu
This produces:
* menu: * menu entry name: Node name. A short description. * Node name:: This form is preferred.
Here is an example as you might see it in a Texinfo file:
@menu Larger Units of Text * Files:: All about handling files. * Multiples: Buffers. Multiple buffers; editing several files at once. @end menu
This produces:
* menu: Larger Units of Text * Files:: All about handling files. * Multiples: Buffers. Multiple buffers; editing several files at once.
In this example, the menu has two entries. Files
is both a menu
entry name and the name of the node referred to by that name.
Multiples
is the menu entry name; it refers to the node named
Buffers
. The line Larger Units of Text
is a comment; it
appears in the menu, but is not an entry.
Since no file name is specified with either Files
or
Buffers
, they must be the names of nodes in the same Info file
(see Referring to Other Info Files).
You can create a menu entry that enables a reader in Info to go to a node in another Info file by writing the file name in parentheses just before the node name. In this case, you should use the three-part menu entry format, which saves the reader from having to type the file name.
The format looks like this:
@menu * first-entry-name:(filename)nodename. description * second-entry-name:(filename)second-node. description @end menu
For example, to refer directly to the Outlining
and
Rebinding
nodes in the Emacs Manual, you would write a
menu like this:
@menu * Outlining: (emacs)Outline Mode. The major mode for editing outlines. * Rebinding: (emacs)Rebinding. How to redefine the meaning of a key. @end menu
If you do not list the node name, but only name the file, then Info presumes that you are referring to the `Top' node.
The dir
file that contains the main menu for Info has menu
entries that list only file names. These take you directly to the `Top'
nodes of each Info document. (See Install an Info File.)
For example:
* Info: (info). Documentation browsing system. * Emacs: (emacs). The extensible, self-documenting text editor.
(The dir
top level directory for the Info system is an Info file,
not a Texinfo file, but a menu entry looks the same in both types of
file.)
The GNU Emacs Texinfo mode menu updating commands only work with nodes within the current buffer, so you cannot use them to create menus that refer to other files. You must write such menus by hand.
Cross references are used to refer the reader to other parts of the same or different Texinfo files. In Texinfo, nodes and anchors are the places to which cross references can refer.
Often, but not always, a printed document should be designed so that it can be read sequentially. People tire of flipping back and forth to find information that should be presented to them as they need it.
However, in any document, some information will be too detailed for the current context, or incidental to it; use cross references to provide access to such information. Also, an online help system or a reference manual is not like a novel; few read such documents in sequence from beginning to end. Instead, people look up what they need. For this reason, such creations should contain many cross references to help readers find other information that they may not have read.
In a printed manual, a cross reference results in a page reference, unless it is to another manual altogether, in which case the cross reference names that manual.
In Info, a cross reference results in an entry that you can follow using
the Info f
command. (see Some advanced Info commands.)
The various cross reference commands use nodes (or anchors,
see @anchor
) to define cross reference locations.
This is evident in Info, in which a cross reference takes you to the
specified location. TeX also uses nodes to define cross reference
locations, but the action is less obvious. When TeX generates a DVI
file, it records each node's page number and uses the page numbers in making
references. Thus, if you are writing a manual that will only be
printed, and will not be used online, you must nonetheless write
@node
lines to name the places to which you make cross
references.
There are four different cross reference commands:
@xref
*Note name: node.
.
@ref
@xref
for Info; produces just the reference in the printed
manual without a preceding `See'.
@pxref
p
is for `parenthesis'.)
@inforef
(The @cite
command is used to make references to books and
manuals for which there is no corresponding Info file and, therefore,
no node to which to point. See @cite
.)
A cross reference command requires only one argument, which is the name of the node to which it refers. But a cross reference command may contain up to four additional arguments. By using these arguments, you can provide a cross reference name for Info, a topic description or section title for the printed output, the name of a different Info file, and the name of a different printed manual.
Here is a simple cross reference example:
@xref{Node name}.
which produces
*Note Node name::.
and
See Section nnn [Node name], page ppp.
Here is an example of a full five-part cross reference:
@xref{Node name, Cross Reference Name, Particular Topic, info-file-name, A Printed Manual}, for details.
which produces
*Note Cross Reference Name: (info-file-name)Node name, for details.
in Info and
See section "Particular Topic" in A Printed Manual, for details.
in a printed book.
The five possible arguments for a cross reference are:
.info
suffix on the file name, since Info readers try appending it
automatically.
The template for a full five argument cross reference looks like this:
@xref{node-name, cross-reference-name, title-or-topic, info-file-name, printed-manual-title}.
Cross references with one, two, three, four, and five arguments are
described separately following the description of @xref
.
Write a node name in a cross reference in exactly the same way as in
the @node
line, including the same capitalization; otherwise, the
formatters may not find the reference.
You can write cross reference commands within a paragraph, but note
how Info and TeX format the output of each of the various commands:
write @xref
at the beginning of a sentence; write
@pxref
only within parentheses, and so on.
@xref
The @xref
command generates a cross reference for the
beginning of a sentence. The Info formatting commands convert it into
an Info cross reference, which the Info f
command can use to
bring you directly to another node. The TeX typesetting commands
convert it into a page reference, or a reference to another book or
manual.
@xref
with one argument.
@xref
with two arguments.
@xref
with three arguments.
@xref
with four and five arguments.
Most often, an Info cross reference looks like this:
*Note node-name::.
or like this
*Note cross-reference-name: node-name.
In TeX, a cross reference looks like this:
See Section section-number [node-name], page page.
or like this
See Section section-number [title-or-topic], page page.
The @xref
command does not generate a period or comma to end
the cross reference in either the Info file or the printed output.
You must write that period or comma yourself; otherwise, Info will not
recognize the end of the reference. (The @pxref
command works
differently. See @pxref
.)
Please note: A period or comma must follow the closing
brace of an @xref
. It is required to terminate the cross
reference. This period or comma will appear in the output, both in
the Info file and in the printed manual.
@xref
must refer to an Info node by name. Use @node
to define the node (see Writing a Node).
@xref
is followed by several arguments inside braces, separated by
commas. Whitespace before and after these commas is ignored.
A cross reference requires only the name of a node; but it may contain up to four additional arguments. Each of these variations produces a cross reference that looks somewhat different.
Please note: Commas separate arguments in a cross reference; avoid including them in the title or other part lest the formatters mistake them for separators.
@xref
with One ArgumentThe simplest form of @xref
takes one argument, the name of
another node in the same Info file. The Info formatters produce
output that the Info readers can use to jump to the reference; TeX
produces output that specifies the page and section number for you.
For example,
@xref{Tropical Storms}.
produces
*Note Tropical Storms::.
and
See Section 3.1 [Tropical Storms], page 24.
(Note that in the preceding example the closing brace is followed by a period.)
You can write a clause after the cross reference, like this:
@xref{Tropical Storms}, for more info.
which produces
*Note Tropical Storms::, for more info.
and
See Section 3.1 [Tropical Storms], page 24, for more info.
(Note that in the preceding example the closing brace is followed by a comma, and then by the clause, which is followed by a period.)
@xref
with Two ArgumentsWith two arguments, the second is used as the name of the Info cross reference, while the first is still the name of the node to which the cross reference points.
The template is like this:
@xref{node-name, cross-reference-name}.
For example,
@xref{Electrical Effects, Lightning}.
produces:
*Note Lightning: Electrical Effects.
and
See Section 5.2 [Electrical Effects], page 57.
(Note that in the preceding example the closing brace is followed by a period; and that the node name is printed, not the cross reference name.)
You can write a clause after the cross reference, like this:
@xref{Electrical Effects, Lightning}, for more info.
which produces
*Note Lightning: Electrical Effects, for more info.
and
See Section 5.2 [Electrical Effects], page 57, for more info.
(Note that in the preceding example the closing brace is followed by a comma, and then by the clause, which is followed by a period.)
@xref
with Three ArgumentsA third argument replaces the node name in the TeX output. The third argument should be the name of the section in the printed output, or else state the topic discussed by that section. Often, you will want to use initial upper case letters so it will be easier to read when the reference is printed. Use a third argument when the node name is unsuitable because of syntax or meaning.
Remember to avoid placing a comma within the title or topic section of a cross reference, or within any other section. The formatters divide cross references into arguments according to the commas; a comma within a title or other section will divide it into two arguments. In a reference, you need to write a title such as "Clouds, Mist, and Fog" without the commas.
Also, remember to write a comma or period after the closing brace of an
@xref
to terminate the cross reference. In the following
examples, a clause follows a terminating comma.
The template is like this:
@xref{node-name, cross-reference-name, title-or-topic}.
For example,
@xref{Electrical Effects, Lightning, Thunder and Lightning}, for details.
produces
*Note Lightning: Electrical Effects, for details.
and
See Section 5.2 [Thunder and Lightning], page 57, for details.
If a third argument is given and the second one is empty, then the third argument serves both. (Note how two commas, side by side, mark the empty second argument.)
@xref{Electrical Effects, , Thunder and Lightning}, for details.
produces
*Note Thunder and Lightning: Electrical Effects, for details.
and
See Section 5.2 [Thunder and Lightning], page 57, for details.
As a practical matter, it is often best to write cross references with just the first argument if the node name and the section title are the same, and with the first and third arguments if the node name and title are different.
Here are several examples from The GNU Awk User's Guide:
@xref{Sample Program}. @xref{Glossary}. @xref{Case-sensitivity, ,Case-sensitivity in Matching}. @xref{Close Output, , Closing Output Files and Pipes}, for more information. @xref{Regexp, , Regular Expressions as Patterns}.
@xref
with Four and Five ArgumentsIn a cross reference, a fourth argument specifies the name of another Info file, different from the file in which the reference appears, and a fifth argument specifies its title as a printed manual.
Remember that a comma or period must follow the closing brace of an
@xref
command to terminate the cross reference. In the
following examples, a clause follows a terminating comma.
The template is:
@xref{node-name, cross-reference-name, title-or-topic, info-file-name, printed-manual-title}.
For example,
@xref{Electrical Effects, Lightning, Thunder and Lightning, weather, An Introduction to Meteorology}, for details.
produces
*Note Lightning: (weather)Electrical Effects, for details.
The name of the Info file is enclosed in parentheses and precedes the name of the node.
In a printed manual, the reference looks like this:
See section "Thunder and Lightning" in An Introduction to Meteorology, for details.
The title of the printed manual is typeset in italics; and the reference lacks a page number since TeX cannot know to which page a reference refers when that reference is to another manual.
Often, you will leave out the second argument when you use the long
version of @xref
. In this case, the third argument, the topic
description, will be used as the cross reference name in Info.
The template looks like this:
@xref{node-name, , title-or-topic, info-file-name, printed-manual-title}, for details.
which produces
*Note title-or-topic: (info-file-name)node-name, for details.
and
See section title-or-topic in printed-manual-title, for details.
For example,
@xref{Electrical Effects, , Thunder and Lightning, weather, An Introduction to Meteorology}, for details.
produces
*Note Thunder and Lightning: (weather)Electrical Effects, for details.
and
See section "Thunder and Lightning" in An Introduction to Meteorology, for details.
On rare occasions, you may want to refer to another Info file that is within a single printed manual--when multiple Texinfo files are incorporated into the same TeX run but make separate Info files. In this case, you need to specify only the fourth argument, and not the fifth.
In a cross reference, you must always name a node. This means that in
order to refer to a whole manual, you must identify the `Top' node by
writing it as the first argument to the @xref
command. (This
is different from the way you write a menu entry; see Referring to Other Info Files.) At the same time, to
provide a meaningful section topic or title in the printed cross
reference (instead of the word `Top'), you must write an appropriate
entry for the third argument to the @xref
command.
Thus, to make a cross reference to The GNU Make Manual, write:
@xref{Top, , Overview, make, The GNU Make Manual}.
which produces
*Note Overview: (make)Top.
and
See section "Overview" in The GNU Make Manual.
In this example, Top
is the name of the first node, and
Overview
is the name of the first section of the manual.
@ref
@ref
is nearly the same as @xref
except that it does
not generate a `See' in the printed output, just the reference itself.
This makes it useful as the last part of a sentence.
For example,
For more information, see @ref{Hurricanes}.
produces
For more information, see *Note Hurricanes::.
and
For more information, see Section 8.2 [Hurricanes], page 123.
The @ref
command sometimes leads writers to express themselves
in a manner that is suitable for a printed manual but looks awkward
in the Info format. Bear in mind that your audience will be using
both the printed and the Info format.
For example,
Sea surges are described in @ref{Hurricanes}.
produces
Sea surges are described in Section 6.7 [Hurricanes], page 72.
in a printed document, and the following in Info:
Sea surges are described in *Note Hurricanes::.
Caution: You must write a period, comma, or right parenthesis immediately after an@ref
command with two or more arguments. Otherwise, Info will not find the end of the cross reference entry and its attempt to follow the cross reference will fail. As a general rule, you should write a period or comma after every@ref
command. This looks best in both the printed and the Info output.
@pxref
The parenthetical reference command, @pxref
, is nearly the
same as @xref
, but you use it only inside parentheses
and you do not type a comma or period after the command's
closing brace. The command differs from @xref
in two
ways:
Because one type of formatting automatically inserts closing
punctuation and the other does not, you should use @pxref
only inside parentheses as part of another sentence. Also, you
yourself should not insert punctuation after the reference, as you do
with @xref
.
@pxref
is designed so that the output looks right and works
right between parentheses both in printed output and in an Info file.
In a printed manual, a closing comma or period should not follow a
cross reference within parentheses; such punctuation is wrong. But in
an Info file, suitable closing punctuation must follow the cross
reference so Info can recognize its end. @pxref
spares you
the need to use complicated methods to put a terminator into one form
of the output and not the other.
With one argument, a parenthetical cross reference looks like this:
... storms cause flooding (@pxref{Hurricanes}) ...
which produces
... storms cause flooding (*Note Hurricanes::) ...
and
... storms cause flooding (see Section 6.7 [Hurricanes], page 72) ...
With two arguments, a parenthetical cross reference has this template:
... (@pxref{node-name, cross-reference-name}) ...
which produces
... (*Note cross-reference-name: node-name.) ...
and
... (see Section nnn [node-name], page ppp) ...
@pxref
can be used with up to five arguments just like
@xref
(see @xref
).
Please note: Use@pxref
only as a parenthetical reference. Do not try to use@pxref
as a clause in a sentence. It will look bad in either the Info file, the printed output, or both.Also, parenthetical cross references look best at the ends of sentences. Although you may write them in the middle of a sentence, that location breaks up the flow of text.
@inforef
@inforef
is used for cross references to Info files for which
there are no printed manuals. Even in a printed manual,
@inforef
generates a reference directing the user to look in
an Info file.
The command takes either two or three arguments, in the following order:
Separate the arguments with commas, as with @xref
. Also, you
must terminate the reference with a comma or period after the
}
, as you do with @xref
.
The template is:
@inforef{node-name, cross-reference-name, info-file-name},
Thus,
@inforef{Expert, Advanced Info commands, info}, for more information.
produces
*Note Advanced Info commands: (info)Expert, for more information.
and
See Info fileinfo
, nodeExpert
, for more information.
Similarly,
@inforef{Expert, , info}, for more information.
produces
*Note (info)Expert::, for more information.
and
See Info fileinfo
, nodeExpert
, for more information.
The converse of @inforef
is @cite
, which is used to
refer to printed works for which no Info form exists. See @cite
.
@uref{url[, text][, replacement]}
@uref
produces a reference to a uniform resource locator (url).
It takes one mandatory argument, the url, and two optional arguments
which control the text that is displayed. In HTML output, @uref
produces a link you can follow.
The second argument, if specified, is the text to display (the default is the url itself); in Info and DVI output, but not in HTML output, the url is also output.
The third argument, on the other hand, if specified is also the text to display, but the url is not output in any format. This is useful when the text is already sufficiently referential, as in a man page. If the third argument is given, the second argument is ignored.
The simple one argument form, where the url is both the target and the text of the link:
The official GNU ftp site is @uref{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu}.
produces:
The official GNU ftp site is ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu.
An example of the two-argument form:
The official @uref{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu, GNU ftp site} holds programs and texts.
produces:
The official GNU ftp site holds programs and texts.
that is, the Info output is this:
The official GNU ftp site (ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu) holds programs and texts.
and the HTML output is this:
The official <a href="ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu">GNU ftp site</a> holds programs and texts.
An example of the three-argument form:
The @uref{http://example.org/man.cgi/1/ls,,ls(1)} program ...
produces:
The ls(1) program ...
but with HTML:
The <a href="http://example.org/man.cgi/1/ls">ls(1)</a> program ...
To merely indicate a url without creating a link people can follow, use
@url
(see @url
).
Some people prefer to display url's in the unambiguous format:
<URL:http://host/path>
You can use this form in the input file if you wish. We feel it's not
necessary to clutter up the output with the extra <URL:
and
>
, since any software that tries to detect url's in text already
has to detect them without the <URL:
to be useful.
In Texinfo, you can mark words and phrases in a variety of ways. The Texinfo formatters use this information to determine how to highlight the text. You can specify, for example, whether a word or phrase is a defining occurrence, a metasyntactic variable, or a symbol used in a program. Also, you can emphasize text, in several different ways.
Texinfo has commands for indicating just what kind of object a piece of
text refers to. For example, metasyntactic variables are marked by
@var
, and code by @code
. Since the pieces of text are
labelled by commands that tell what kind of object they are, it is easy
to change the way the Texinfo formatters prepare such text. (Texinfo is
an intentional formatting language rather than a typesetting
formatting language.)
For example, in a printed manual,
code is usually illustrated in a typewriter font;
@code
tells TeX to typeset this text in this font. But it
would be easy to change the way TeX highlights code to use another
font, and this change would not affect how keystroke examples are
highlighted. If straight typesetting commands were used in the body
of the file and you wanted to make a change, you would need to check
every single occurrence to make sure that you were changing code and
not something else that should not be changed.
The highlighting commands can be used to extract useful information from the file, such as lists of functions or file names. It is possible, for example, to write a program in Emacs Lisp (or a keyboard macro) to insert an index entry after every paragraph that contains words or phrases marked by a specified command. You could do this to construct an index of functions if you had not already made the entries.
The commands serve a variety of purposes:
@code{sample-code}
@kbd{keyboard-characters}
@key{key-name}
@samp{text}
@var{metasyntactic-variable}
@env{environment-variable}
@file{file-name}
@command{command-name}
@option{option}
@dfn{term}
@cite{reference}
@acronym{acronym}
@url{uniform-resource-locator}
@email{email-address[, displayed-text]}
@code
{sample-code}Use the @code
command to indicate text that is a piece of a
program and which consists of entire syntactic tokens. Enclose the
text in braces.
Thus, you should use @code
for an expression in a program, for
the name of a variable or function used in a program, or for a
keyword in a programming language.
Use @code
for command names in languages that resemble
programming languages, such as Texinfo. For example, @code
and
@samp
are produced by writing @code{@@code}
and
@code{@@samp}
in the Texinfo source, respectively.
It is incorrect to alter the case of a word inside an @code
command when it appears at the beginning of a sentence. Most computer
languages are case sensitive. In C, for example, Printf
is
different from the identifier printf
, and most likely is a
misspelling of it. Even in languages which are not case sensitive, it
is confusing to a human reader to see identifiers spelled in different
ways. Pick one spelling and always use that. If you do not want to
start a sentence with a command name written all in lower case, you
should rearrange the sentence.
In the printed manual, @code
causes TeX to typeset the
argument in a typewriter face. In the Info file, it causes the Info
formatting commands to use single quotation marks around the text.
For example,
The function returns @code{nil}.
produces this in the printed manual:
The function returns nil
.
Here are some cases for which it is preferable not to use @code
:
ls
(use @command
).
-c
when such options stand alone (use
@option
).
@samp
rather than @code
. In this case, the rule is to
choose the more pleasing format.
TEXINPUTS
(use @env
).
goto-ch
, which is just a part of the
name for the goto-char
Emacs Lisp function, you should use
@samp
.
@code
when you are explaining what letters
or printable symbols can be used in the names of functions. (Use
@samp
.) Also, you should not use @code
to mark text
that is considered input to programs unless the input is written in a
language that is like a programming language. For example, you should
not use @code
for the keystroke commands of GNU Emacs (use
@kbd
instead) although you may use @code
for the names
of the Emacs Lisp functions that the keystroke commands invoke.
Since @command
, @option
, and @env
were
introduced relatively recently, it is acceptable to use @code
or
@samp
for command names, options, and environment variables.
The new commands allow you to express the markup more precisely, but
there is no real harm in using the older commands, and of course the
long-standing manuals do so.
@kbd
{keyboard-characters}Use the @kbd
command for characters of input to be typed by
users. For example, to refer to the characters M-a,
write
@kbd{M-a}
and to refer to the characters M-x shell, write
@kbd{M-x shell}
The @kbd
command has the same effect as @code
in Info,
but by default produces a different font (slanted typewriter instead of
normal typewriter) in the printed manual, so users can distinguish the
characters they are supposed to type from those the computer outputs.
Since the usage of @kbd
varies from manual to manual, you can
control the font switching with the @kbdinputstyle
command.
This command has no effect on Info output. Write this command at the
beginning of a line with a single word as an argument, one of the
following:
code
@kbd
as @code
.
example
@kbd
only in @example
and similar environments.
distinct
@kbd
.
You can embed another @-command inside the braces of an @kbd
command. Here, for example, is the way to describe a command that
would be described more verbosely as "press an r
and then
press the <RET> key":
@kbd{r @key{RET}}
This produces: r <RET>
You also use the @kbd
command if you are spelling out the letters
you type; for example:
To give the @code{logout} command, type the characters @kbd{l o g o u t @key{RET}}.
This produces:
To give the logout
command,
type the characters l o g o u t <RET>.
(Also, this example shows that you can add spaces for clarity. If you really want to mention a space character as one of the characters of input, write @key{SPC} for it.)
@key
{key-name}Use the @key
command for the conventional name for a key on a
keyboard, as in:
@key{RET}
You can use the @key
command within the argument of an
@kbd
command when the sequence of characters to be typed
includes one or more keys that are described by name.
For example, to produce C-x <ESC> you would type:
@kbd{C-x @key{ESC}}
Here is a list of the recommended names for keys:
- SPC
- Space
- RET
- Return
- LFD
- Linefeed (however, since most keyboards nowadays do not have a Linefeed key, it might be better to call this character C-j.
- TAB
- Tab
- BS
- Backspace
- ESC
- Escape
- DEL
- Delete
- SHIFT
- Shift
- CTRL
- Control
- META
- Meta
There are subtleties to handling words like `meta' or `ctrl' that are
names of modifier keys. When mentioning a character in which the
modifier key is used, such as Meta-a, use the @kbd
command
alone; do not use the @key
command; but when you are referring
to the modifier key in isolation, use the @key
command. For
example, write @kbd{Meta-a}
to produce Meta-a and
@key{META}
to produce <META>.
@samp
{text}Use the @samp
command to indicate text that is a literal example
or `sample' of a sequence of characters in a file, string, pattern, etc.
Enclose the text in braces. The argument appears within single
quotation marks in both the Info file and the printed manual; in
addition, it is printed in a fixed-width font.
To match @samp{foo} at the end of the line, use the regexp @samp{foo$}.
produces
To matchfoo
at the end of the line, use the regexpfoo$
.
Any time you are referring to single characters, you should use
@samp
unless @kbd
or @key
is more appropriate.
Also, you may use @samp
for entire statements in C and for entire
shell commands--in this case, @samp
often looks better than
@code
. Basically, @samp
is a catchall for whatever is
not covered by @code
, @kbd
, or @key
.
Only include punctuation marks within braces if they are part of the string you are specifying. Write punctuation marks outside the braces if those punctuation marks are part of the English text that surrounds the string. In the following sentence, for example, the commas and period are outside of the braces:
In English, the vowels are @samp{a}, @samp{e}, @samp{i}, @samp{o}, @samp{u}, and sometimes @samp{y}.
This produces:
In English, the vowels area
,e
,i
,o
,u
, and sometimesy
.
@var
{metasyntactic-variable}Use the @var
command to indicate metasyntactic variables. A
metasyntactic variable is something that stands for another piece of
text. For example, you should use a metasyntactic variable in the
documentation of a function to describe the arguments that are passed
to that function.
Do not use @var
for the names of particular variables in
programming languages. These are specific names from a program, so
@code
is correct for them (see code). For example, the
Emacs Lisp variable texinfo-tex-command
is not a metasyntactic
variable; it is properly formatted using @code
.
Do not use @var
for environment variables either; @env
is correct for them (see the next section).
The effect of @var
in the Info file is to change the case of the
argument to all upper case. In the printed manual and HTML output, the
argument is printed in slanted type.
For example,
To delete file @var{filename}, type @samp{rm @var{filename}}.
produces
To delete file filename, type rm filename
.
(Note that @var
may appear inside @code
,
@samp
, @file
, etc.)
Write a metasyntactic variable all in lower case without spaces, and use hyphens to make it more readable. Thus, the Texinfo source for the illustration of how to begin a Texinfo manual looks like this:
\input texinfo @@setfilename @var{info-file-name} @@settitle @var{name-of-manual}
This produces:
\input texinfo @setfilename info-file-name @settitle name-of-manual
In some documentation styles, metasyntactic variables are shown with angle brackets, for example:
..., type rm <filename>
However, that is not the style that Texinfo uses. (You can, of
course, modify the sources to texinfo.tex
and the Info formatting commands
to output the <...>
format if you wish.)
@env
{environment-variable}Use the @env
command to indicate environment variables, as used
by many operating systems, including GNU. Do not use it for
metasyntactic variables; use @var
instead (see the previous
section).
@env
is equivalent to @code
in its effects.
For example:
The @env{PATH} environment variable sets the search path for commands.produces
The PATH
environment variable sets the search path for commands.
@file
{file-name}Use the @file
command to indicate text that is the name of a
file, buffer, or directory, or is the name of a node in Info. You can
also use the command for file name suffixes. Do not use @file
for symbols in a programming language; use @code
.
Currently, @file
is equivalent to @samp
in its effects.
For example,
The @file{.el} files are in the @file{/usr/local/emacs/lisp} directory.
produces
The.el
files are in the/usr/local/emacs/lisp
directory.
@command
{command-name}Use the @command
command to indicate command names, such as
ls
or cc
.
@command
is equivalent to @code
in its effects.
For example:
The command @command{ls} lists directory contents.produces
The command ls
lists directory contents.
You should write the name of a program in the ordinary text font, rather
than using @command
, if you regard it as a new English word,
such as `Emacs' or `Bison'.
When writing an entire shell command invocation, as in ls -l
,
you should use either @samp
or @code
at your discretion.
@option
{option-name}Use the @option
command to indicate a command-line option; for
example, -l
or --version
or
--output=filename
.
@option
is equivalent to @samp
in its effects.
For example:
The option @option{-l} produces a long listing.produces
The option -l
produces a long listing.
In tables, putting options inside @code
produces a
more pleasing effect.
@dfn
{term}Use the @dfn
command to identify the introductory or defining
use of a technical term. Use the command only in passages whose
purpose is to introduce a term which will be used again or which the
reader ought to know. Mere passing mention of a term for the first
time does not deserve @dfn
. The command generates italics in
the printed manual, and double quotation marks in the Info file. For
example:
Getting rid of a file is called @dfn{deleting} it.
produces
Getting rid of a file is called deleting it.
As a general rule, a sentence containing the defining occurrence of a term should be a definition of the term. The sentence does not need to say explicitly that it is a definition, but it should contain the information of a definition--it should make the meaning clear.
@cite
{reference}Use the @cite
command for the name of a book that lacks a
companion Info file. The command produces italics in the printed
manual, and quotation marks in the Info file.
If a book is written in Texinfo, it is better to use a cross reference
command since a reader can easily follow such a reference in Info.
See @xref
.
@acronym
{acronym}Use the @acronym
command for abbreviations written in all
capital letters, such as `NASA'. The abbreviation is given as
the single argument in braces, as in @acronym{NASA}
. As
a matter of style, or for particular abbreviations, you may prefer to
use periods, as in @acronym{F.B.I.}
.
In TeX and HTML, the argument is printed in a slightly smaller font size. In Info or plain text output, this command changes nothing.
@url
{uniform-resource-locator}Use the @url
command to indicate a uniform resource locator on
the World Wide Web. This is analogous to @file
, @var
,
etc., and is purely for markup purposes. It does not produce a link you
can follow in HTML output (use the @uref
command for that,
see @uref
). It is useful for url's which do
not actually exist. For example:
For example, the url might be @url{http://example.org/path}.
which produces:
For example, the url might be <http://example.org/path
>.
@email
{email-address[, displayed-text]}Use the @email
command to indicate an electronic mail address.
It takes one mandatory argument, the address, and one optional argument, the
text to display (the default is the address itself).
In Info and TeX, the address is shown in angle brackets, preceded by
the text to display if any. In HTML output, @email
produces a
mailto
link that usually brings up a mail composition window.
For example:
Send bug reports to @email{bug-texinfo@@gnu.org}. Send suggestions to the @email{bug-texinfo@@gnu.org, same place}.produces
Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org. Send suggestions to the same place.
Usually, Texinfo changes the font to mark words in the text according to
what category the words belong to; an example is the @code
command.
Most often, this is the best way to mark words.
However, sometimes you will want to emphasize text without indicating a
category. Texinfo has two commands to do this. Also, Texinfo has
several commands that specify the font in which TeX will typeset
text. These commands have no effect on Info and only one of them,
the @r
command, has any regular use.
@emph
{text} and @strong
{text}The @emph
and @strong
commands are for emphasis;
@strong
is stronger. In printed output, @emph
produces
italics and @strong
produces bold.
For example,
@quotation @strong{Caution:} @samp{rm * .[^.]*} removes @emph{all} files in the directory. @end quotation
*Caution*: `rm * .[^.]*' removes _all_ files in the directory.
The @strong
command is seldom used except to mark what is, in
effect, a typographical element, such as the word `Caution' in the
preceding example.
In the Info output, @emph
surrounds the text with underscores
(_
), and @strong
puts asterisks around the text.
Caution: Do not use@strong
with the wordNote
; Info will mistake the combination for a cross reference. Use a phrase such as Please note or Caution instead.
@sc
{text}: The Small Caps FontUse the @sc
command to set text in the printed and the HTML
output in A SMALL CAPS FONT and set text in the Info file in upper
case letters. Write the text you want to be in small caps (where
possible) between braces in lower case, like this:
The @sc{acm} and @sc{ieee} are technical societies.
This produces:
The ACM and IEEE are technical societies.
TeX typesets the small caps font in a manner that prevents the letters from `jumping out at you on the page'. This makes small caps text easier to read than text in all upper case--but it's usually better to use regular mixed case anyway. The Info formatting commands set all small caps text in upper case. In HTML, the text is upper-cased and a smaller font is used to render it.
If the text between the braces of an @sc
command is uppercase,
TeX typesets in FULL-SIZE CAPITALS. Use full-size capitals
sparingly, if ever, and since it's redundant to mark all-uppercase text
with @sc
, makeinfo
warns about such usage.
You may also use the small caps font for a jargon word such as ATO (a NASA word meaning `abort to orbit').
There are subtleties to using the small caps font with a jargon word
such as CDR, a word used in Lisp programming. In this case, you
should use the small caps font when the word refers to the second and
subsequent elements of a list (the CDR of the list), but you
should use @code
when the word refers to the Lisp function of
the same spelling.
Texinfo provides four font commands that specify font changes in the
printed manual but have no effect in the Info file. @i
requests italic font (in some versions of TeX, a slanted font
is used), @b
requests bold face, @t
requests the
fixed-width, typewriter-style font used by @code
, and @r
requests a
roman font, which is the usual font in which text is printed. All
four commands apply to an argument that follows, surrounded by
braces.
Only the @r
command has much use: in example programs, you
can use the @r
command to convert code comments from the
fixed-width font to a roman font. This looks better in printed
output.
For example,
@lisp (+ 2 2) ; @r{Add two plus two.} @end lisp
produces
(+ 2 2) ; Add two plus two.
If possible, you should avoid using the other three font commands. If you need to use one, it probably indicates a gap in the Texinfo language.
Quotations and examples are blocks of text consisting of one or more whole paragraphs that are set off from the bulk of the text and treated differently. They are usually indented.
In Texinfo, you always begin a quotation or example by writing an
@-command at the beginning of a line by itself, and end it by writing
an @end
command that is also at the beginning of a line by
itself. For instance, you begin an example by writing @example
by itself at the beginning of a line and end the example by writing
@end example
on a line by itself, at the beginning of that
line.
@smallbook
.
Here are commands for quotations and examples, explained further in the following sections:
@quotation
@example
@smallexample
@example
, except that in TeX this command typesets
text in a smaller font for the @smallbook
format than for the
default 8.5 by 11 inch format.
@lisp
@example
, but specifically for illustrating Lisp code. The
text is printed in a fixed-width font, and indented but not filled.
@smalllisp
@lisp
as @smallexample
is to @example
.
@display
@smalldisplay
@display
as @smallexample
is to @example
.
@format
@display
(the text is not filled and no font is selected),
but the text is not indented.
@smallformat
@format
as @smallexample
is to @example
.
The @exdent
command is used within the above constructs to
undo the indentation of a line.
The @flushleft
and @flushright
commands are used to line
up the left or right margins of unfilled text.
The @noindent
command may be used after one of the above
constructs to prevent the following text from being indented as a new
paragraph.
You can use the @cartouche
command within one of the above
constructs to highlight the example or quotation by drawing a box with
rounded corners around it. See Drawing Cartouches Around Examples.
@quotation
The text of a quotation is processed normally except that:
This is an example of text written between an@quotation
command and an@end quotation
command. An@quotation
command is most often used to indicate text that is excerpted from another (real or hypothetical) printed work.
Write an @quotation
command as text on a line by itself. This
line will disappear from the output. Mark the end of the quotation
with a line beginning with and containing only @end quotation
.
The @end quotation
line will likewise disappear from the
output. Thus, the following,
@quotation This is a foo. @end quotation
produces
This is a foo.
@example
The @example
command is used to indicate an example that is
not part of the running text, such as computer input or output.
This is an example of text written between an@example
command and an@end example
command. The text is indented but not filled. In the printed manual, the text is typeset in a fixed-width font, and extra spaces and blank lines are significant. In the Info file, an analogous result is obtained by indenting each line with five spaces.
Write an @example
command at the beginning of a line by itself.
Mark the end of the example
with an @end example
command, also written at the beginning of a
line by itself.
For example,
@example mv foo bar @end example
produces
mv foo bar
The lines containing @example
and @end example
will disappear from the output.
To make the output look good,
you should put a blank line before the
@example
and another blank line after the @end example
.
Note that blank lines inside the beginning
@example
and the ending @end example
will appear in
the output.
Caution: Do not use tabs in the lines of an example (or anywhere else in Texinfo, for that matter)! TeX treats tabs as single spaces, and that is not what they look like. This is a problem with TeX. (If necessary, in Emacs, you can use M-x untabify to convert tabs in a region to multiple spaces.)
Examples are often, logically speaking, "in the middle" of a
paragraph, and the text that continues after an example should not be
indented. The @noindent
command prevents a piece of text from
being indented as if it were a new paragraph.
(The @code
command is used for examples of code that are
embedded within sentences, not set off from preceding and following
text. See @code
.)
@noindent
An example or other inclusion can break a paragraph into segments.
Ordinarily, the formatters indent text that follows an example as a new
paragraph. However, you can prevent this by writing @noindent
at the beginning of a line by itself preceding the continuation
text.
For example:
@example This is an example @end example @noindent This line is not indented. As you can see, the beginning of the line is fully flush left with the line that follows after it. (This whole example is between @code{@@display} and @code{@@end display}.)
produces
This is an exampleThis line is not indented. As you can see, the beginning of the line is fully flush left with the line that follows after it. (This whole example is between@display
and@end display
.)
To adjust the number of blank lines properly in the Info file output,
remember that the line containing @noindent
does not generate a
blank line, and neither does the @end example
line.
In the Texinfo source file for this manual, each line that says
`produces' is preceded by a line containing @noindent
.
Do not put braces after an @noindent
command; they are not
necessary, since @noindent
is a command used outside of
paragraphs (see Command Syntax).
@lisp
The @lisp
command is used for Lisp code. It is synonymous
with the @example
command.
This is an example of text written between an@lisp
command and an@end lisp
command.
Use @lisp
instead of @example
to preserve information
regarding the nature of the example. This is useful, for example, if
you write a function that evaluates only and all the Lisp code in a
Texinfo file. Then you can use the Texinfo file as a Lisp
library.7
Mark the end of @lisp
with @end lisp
on a line by
itself.
@small...
Block CommandsIn addition to the regular @example
and @lisp
commands,
Texinfo has "small" example-style commands. These are
@smalldisplay
, @smallexample
, @smallformat
, and
@smalllisp
. All of these commands are designed for use with the
@smallbook
command (which causes TeX to format a printed book for
a 7 by 9.25 inch trim size rather than the default 8.5 by 11 inch size).
In TeX, the @small...
commands typeset text in a smaller
font for the smaller @smallbook
format than for the 8.5 by 11
inch format. Consequently, many examples containing long lines fit in a
narrower, @smallbook
page without needing to be shortened. Both
commands typeset in the normal font size when you format for the 8.5 by
11 inch size. Indeed, in this situation, the @small...
commands are equivalent to their non-small versions.
In Info, the @small...
commands are also equivalent to their
non-small companion commands.
Mark the end of an @small...
block with a corresponding
@end small...
. For example, pair @smallexample
with
@end smallexample
.
The @small...
commands make it easier to prepare smaller
format manuals without forcing you to edit examples by hand to fit them
onto narrower pages.
As a general rule, a printed document looks better if you use only one
of (for example) @example
or in @smallexample
consistently within a chapter. Only occasionally should you mix the two
formats.
See Printing "Small" Books, for more information
about the @smallbook
command.
@display
and @smalldisplay
The @display
command begins a kind of example. It is like the
@example
command
except that, in
a printed manual, @display
does not select the fixed-width
font. In fact, it does not specify the font at all, so that the text
appears in the same font it would have appeared in without the
@display
command.
This is an example of text written between an@display
command and an@end display
command. The@display
command indents the text, but does not fill it.
Texinfo also provides a command @smalldisplay
, which is like
@display
but uses a smaller font in @smallbook
format.
See small.
@format
and @smallformat
The @format
command is similar to @example
except
that, in the printed manual, @format
does not select the
fixed-width font and does not narrow the margins.
This is an example of text written between an@format
command and an@end format
command. As you can see from this example, the@format
command does not fill the text.
Texinfo also provides a command @smallformat
, which is like
@format
but uses a smaller font in @smallbook
format.
See small.
@exdent
: Undoing a Line's IndentationThe @exdent
command removes any indentation a line might have.
The command is written at the beginning of a line and applies only to
the text that follows the command that is on the same line. Do not use
braces around the text. In a printed manual, the text on an
@exdent
line is printed in the roman font.
@exdent
is usually used within examples. Thus,
@example This line follows an @@example command. @exdent This line is exdented. This line follows the exdented line. The @@end example comes on the next line. @end group
produces
This line follows an @example command.
This line is exdented.
This line follows the exdented line. The @end example comes on the next line.
In practice, the @exdent
command is rarely used.
Usually, you un-indent text by ending the example and
returning the page to its normal width.
@flushleft
and @flushright
The @flushleft
and @flushright
commands line up the
ends of lines on the left and right margins of a page,
but do not fill the text. The commands are written on lines of their
own, without braces. The @flushleft
and @flushright
commands are ended by @end flushleft
and @end
flushright
commands on lines of their own.
For example,
@flushleft This text is written flushleft. @end flushleft
produces
This text is written flushleft.
@flushright
produces the type of indentation often used in the
return address of letters. For example,
@flushright Here is an example of text written flushright. The @code{@flushright} command right justifies every line but leaves the left end ragged. @end flushright
produces
Here is an example of text written
flushright. The @flushright
command
right justifies every line but leaves the
left end ragged.
In a printed manual, the @cartouche
command draws a box with
rounded corners around its contents. You can use this command to
further highlight an example or quotation. For instance, you could
write a manual in which one type of example is surrounded by a cartouche
for emphasis.
@cartouche
affects only the printed manual; it has no effect in
other output files.
For example,
@example @cartouche % pwd /usr/local/share/emacs @end cartouche @end example
surrounds the two-line example with a box with rounded corners, in the printed manual.
Texinfo has several ways of making lists and tables. Lists can be bulleted or numbered; two-column tables can highlight the items in the first column; multi-column tables are also supported.
Texinfo automatically indents the text in lists or tables, and numbers an enumerated list. This last feature is useful if you modify the list, since you do not need to renumber it yourself.
Numbered lists and tables begin with the appropriate @-command at the
beginning of a line, and end with the corresponding @end
command on a line by itself. The table and itemized-list commands
also require that you write formatting information on the same line as
the beginning @-command.
Begin an enumerated list, for example, with an @enumerate
command and end the list with an @end enumerate
command.
Begin an itemized list with an @itemize
command, followed on
the same line by a formatting command such as @bullet
, and end
the list with an @end itemize
command.
Precede each element of a list with an @item
or @itemx
command.
Here is an itemized list of the different kinds of table and lists:
Here is an enumerated list with the same items:
And here is a two-column table with the same items and their @-commands:
@itemize
@enumerate
@table
@ftable
@vtable
@itemize
: Making an Itemized ListThe @itemize
command produces sequences of indented
paragraphs, with a bullet or other mark inside the left margin
at the beginning of each paragraph for which such a mark is desired.
Begin an itemized list by writing @itemize
at the beginning of
a line. Follow the command, on the same line, with a character or a
Texinfo command that generates a mark. Usually, you will write
@bullet
after @itemize
, but you can use
@minus
, or any command or character that results in a single
character in the Info file. If you don't want any mark at all, use
@w
. (When you write the mark command such as
@bullet
after an @itemize
command, you may omit the
{}
.) If you don't specify a mark command, the default is
@bullet
.
Write the text of the indented paragraphs themselves after the
@itemize
, up to another line that says @end
itemize
.
Before each paragraph for which a mark in the margin is desired, write a
line that says just @item
. It is ok to have text following the
@item
.
Usually, you should put a blank line before an @item
. This
puts a blank line in the Info file. (TeX inserts the proper
interline whitespace in either case.) Except when the entries are
very brief, these blank lines make the list look better.
Here is an example of the use of @itemize
, followed by the
output it produces. @bullet
produces an *
in Info and a
round dot in TeX.
@itemize @bullet @item Some text for foo. @item Some text for bar. @end itemize
This produces:
- Some text for foo.
- Some text for bar.
Itemized lists may be embedded within other itemized lists. Here is a list marked with dashes embedded in a list marked with bullets:
@itemize @bullet @item First item. @itemize @minus @item Inner item. @item Second inner item. @end itemize @item Second outer item. @end itemize
This produces:
- First item.
- Inner item.
- Second inner item.
- Second outer item.
@enumerate
: Making a Numbered or Lettered List@enumerate
is like @itemize
(see @itemize
), except that the labels on the items are
successive integers or letters instead of bullets.
Write the @enumerate
command at the beginning of a line. The
command does not require an argument, but accepts either a number or a
letter as an option. Without an argument, @enumerate
starts the
list with the number 1
. With a numeric argument, such as
3
, the command starts the list with that number. With an upper
or lower case letter, such as a
or A
, the command starts
the list with that letter.
Write the text of the enumerated list in the same way you write an
itemized list: put @item
on a line of its own before the start
of each paragraph that you want enumerated. Do not write any other text
on the line beginning with @item
.
You should put a blank line between entries in the list. This generally makes it easier to read the Info file.
Here is an example of @enumerate
without an argument:
@enumerate @item Underlying causes. @item Proximate causes. @end enumerate
This produces:
Here is an example with an argument of 3:
@enumerate 3 @item Predisposing causes. @item Precipitating causes. @item Perpetuating causes. @end enumerate
This produces:
Here is a brief summary of the alternatives. The summary is constructed
using @enumerate
with an argument of a.
@enumerate
Without an argument, produce a numbered list, starting with the number 1.
@enumerate positive-integer
With a (positive) numeric argument, start a numbered list with that number. You can use this to continue a list that you interrupted with other text.
@enumerate upper-case-letter
With an upper case letter as argument, start a list in which each item is marked by a letter, beginning with that upper case letter.
@enumerate lower-case-letter
With a lower case letter as argument, start a list in which each item is marked by a letter, beginning with that lower case letter.
You can also nest enumerated lists, as in an outline.
@table
is similar to @itemize
(see @itemize
), but allows you to specify a name or heading line for
each item. The @table
command is used to produce two-column
tables, and is especially useful for glossaries, explanatory
exhibits, and command-line option summaries.
Write the @table
command at the beginning of a line and follow
it on the same line with an argument that is a Texinfo "indicating"
command such as @code
, @samp
, @var
, or
@kbd
(see Indicating). Although these commands are usually
followed by arguments in braces, in this case you use the command name
without an argument because @item
will supply the argument.
This command will be applied to the text that goes into the first column
of each item and determines how it will be highlighted. For example,
@code
will cause the text in the first column to be highlighted
with an @code
command. (We recommend @code
for
@table
's of command-line options.)
You may also choose to use the @asis
command as an argument to
@table
. @asis
is a command that does nothing; if you
use this command after @table
, TeX and the Info formatting
commands output the first column entries without added highlighting
("as is").
(The @table
command may work with other commands besides those
listed here. However, you can only use commands that normally take
arguments in braces.)
Begin each table entry with an @item
command at the beginning
of a line. Write the first column text on the same line as the
@item
command. Write the second column text on the line
following the @item
line and on subsequent lines. (You do not
need to type anything for an empty second column entry.) You may
write as many lines of supporting text as you wish, even several
paragraphs. But only text on the same line as the @item
will
be placed in the first column, including any footnote.
Normally, you should put a blank line before an @item
line.
This puts a blank like in the Info file. Except when the entries are
very brief, a blank line looks better.
The following table, for example, highlights the text in the first
column with an @samp
command:
@table @samp @item foo This is the text for @samp{foo}. @item bar Text for @samp{bar}. @end table
This produces:
foo
foo
.
bar
bar
.
If you want to list two or more named items with a single block of
text, use the @itemx
command. (See @itemx
.)
@ftable
and @vtable
The @ftable
and @vtable
commands are the same as the
@table
command except that @ftable
automatically enters
each of the items in the first column of the table into the index of
functions and @vtable
automatically enters each of the items in
the first column of the table into the index of variables. This
simplifies the task of creating indices. Only the items on the same
line as the @item
commands are indexed, and they are indexed in
exactly the form that they appear on that line. See Indices,
for more information about indices.
Begin a two-column table using @ftable
or @vtable
by
writing the @-command at the beginning of a line, followed on the same
line by an argument that is a Texinfo command such as @code
,
exactly as you would for an @table
command; and end the table
with an @end ftable
or @end vtable
command on a line by
itself.
See the example for @table
in the previous section.
@itemx
Use the @itemx
command inside a table when you have two or more
first column entries for the same item, each of which should appear on a
line of its own. Use @itemx
for all but the first entry;
@itemx
should always follow an @item
command. The
@itemx
command works exactly like @item
except that it
does not generate extra vertical space above the first column text.
For example,
@table @code @item upcase @itemx downcase These two functions accept a character or a string as argument, and return the corresponding upper case (lower case) character or string. @end table
This produces:
upcase
downcase
(Note also that this example illustrates multi-line supporting text in a two-column table.)
@multitable
allows you to construct tables with any number of
columns, with each column having any width you like.
You define the column widths on the @multitable
line itself, and
write each row of the actual table following an @item
command,
with columns separated by an @tab
command. Finally, @end
multitable
completes the table. Details in the sections below.
You can define the column widths for a multitable in two ways: as
fractions of the line length; or with a prototype row. Mixing the two
methods is not supported. In either case, the widths are defined
entirely on the same line as the @multitable
command.
@columnfractions
and the decimal numbers (presumably less than
1) after the @multitable
command, as in:
@multitable @columnfractions .33 .33 .33
The fractions need not add up exactly to 1.0, as these do not. This allows you to produce tables that do not need the full line length. You can use a leading zero if you wish.
@multitable
command. For example:
@multitable {some text for column one} {for column two}
The first column will then have the width of the typeset `some text for column one', and the second column the width of `for column two'.
The prototype entries need not appear in the table itself.
Although we used simple text in this example, the prototype entries can
contain Texinfo commands; markup commands such as @code
are
particularly likely to be useful.
After the @multitable
command defining the column widths (see
the previous section), you begin each row in the body of a multitable
with @item
, and separate the column entries with @tab
.
Line breaks are not special within the table body, and you may break
input lines in your source file as necessary.
Here is a complete example of a multi-column table (the text is from The GNU Emacs Manual, see Split Window):
@multitable @columnfractions .15 .45 .4 @item Key @tab Command @tab Description @item C-x 2 @tab @code{split-window-vertically} @tab Split the selected window into two windows, with one above the other. @item C-x 3 @tab @code{split-window-horizontally} @tab Split the selected window into two windows positioned side by side. @item C-Mouse-2 @tab @tab In the mode line or scroll bar of a window, split that window. @end multitable
produces:
Key | Command | Description
|
C-x 2 | split-window-vertically
| Split the selected window into two windows,
with one above the other.
|
C-x 3 | split-window-horizontally
| Split the selected window into two windows
positioned side by side.
|
C-Mouse-2 | In the mode line or scroll bar of a window,
split that window.
|
Using Texinfo, you can generate indices without having to sort and collate entries manually. In an index, the entries are listed in alphabetical order, together with information on how to find the discussion of each entry. In a printed manual, this information consists of page numbers. In an Info file, this information is a menu entry leading to the first node referenced.
Texinfo provides several predefined kinds of index: an index for functions, an index for variables, an index for concepts, and so on. You can combine indices or use them for other than their canonical purpose. If you wish, you can define your own indices.
When you are making index entries, it is good practice to think of the different ways people may look for something. Different people do not think of the same words when they look something up. A helpful index will have items indexed under all the different words that people may use. For example, one reader may think it obvious that the two-letter names for indices should be listed under "Indices, two-letter names", since the word "Index" is the general concept. But another reader may remember the specific concept of two-letter names and search for the entry listed as "Two letter names for indices". A good index will have both entries and will help both readers.
Like typesetting, the construction of an index is a highly skilled, professional art, the subtleties of which are not appreciated until you need to do it yourself.
See Printing Indices & Menus, for information about printing an index at the end of a book or creating an index menu in an Info file.
Texinfo provides six predefined indices:
Not every manual needs all of these, and most manuals use two or three
of them. This manual has two indices: a
concept index and an @-command index (that is actually the function
index but is called a command index in the chapter heading). Two or
more indices can be combined into one using the @synindex
or
@syncodeindex
commands. See Combining Indices.
The data to make an index come from many individual indexing commands scattered throughout the Texinfo source file. Each command says to add one entry to a particular index; after formatting, the index will give the current page number or node name as the reference.
An index entry consists of an indexing command at the beginning of a line followed, on the rest of the line, by the entry.
For example, this section begins with the following five entries for the concept index:
@cindex Defining indexing entries @cindex Index entries @cindex Entries for an index @cindex Specifying index entries @cindex Creating index entries
Each predefined index has its own indexing command--@cindex
for the concept index, @findex
for the function index, and so
on.
Concept index entries consist of text. The best way to write an index is to choose entries that are terse yet clear. If you can do this, the index often looks better if the entries are not capitalized, but written just as they would appear in the middle of a sentence. (Capitalize proper names and acronyms that always call for upper case letters.) This is the case convention we use in most GNU manuals' indices.
If you don't see how to make an entry terse yet clear, make it longer and clear--not terse and confusing. If many of the entries are several words long, the index may look better if you use a different convention: to capitalize the first word of each entry. But do not capitalize a case-sensitive name such as a C or Lisp function name or a shell command; that would be a spelling error.
Whichever case convention you use, please use it consistently!
Entries in indices other than the concept index are symbol names in programming languages, or program names; these names are usually case-sensitive, so use upper and lower case as required for them.
By default, entries for a concept index are printed in a small roman
font and entries for the other indices are printed in a small
@code
font. You may change the way part of an entry is
printed with the usual Texinfo commands, such as @file
for
file names and @emph
for emphasis (see Marking Text).
The six indexing commands for predefined indices are:
@cindex concept
@findex function
@vindex variable
@kindex keystroke
@pindex program
@tindex data type
Caution: Do not use a colon in an index entry. In Info, a colon separates the menu entry name from the node name, so a colon in the entry itself confuses Info. See The Parts of a Menu, for more information about the structure of a menu entry.
You are not actually required to use the predefined indices for their
canonical purposes. For example, suppose you wish to index some C
preprocessor macros. You could put them in the function index along
with actual functions, just by writing @findex
commands for
them; then, when you print the "Function Index" as an unnumbered
chapter, you could give it the title `Function and Macro Index' and
all will be consistent for the reader. Or you could put the macros in
with the data types by writing @tindex
commands for them, and
give that index a suitable title so the reader will understand.
(See Printing Indices & Menus.)
Sometimes you will want to combine two disparate indices such as functions and concepts, perhaps because you have few enough of one of them that a separate index for them would look silly.
You could put functions into the concept index by writing
@cindex
commands for them instead of @findex
commands,
and produce a consistent manual by printing the concept index with the
title `Function and Concept Index' and not printing the `Function
Index' at all; but this is not a robust procedure. It works only if
your document is never included as part of another
document that is designed to have a separate function index; if your
document were to be included with such a document, the functions from
your document and those from the other would not end up together.
Also, to make your function names appear in the right font in the
concept index, you would need to enclose every one of them between
the braces of @code
.
@code
font for the merged-from index.
@syncodeindex
When you want to combine functions and concepts into one index, you
should index the functions with @findex
and index the concepts
with @cindex
, and use the @syncodeindex
command to
redirect the function index entries into the concept index.
The @syncodeindex
command takes two arguments; they are the name
of the index to redirect, and the name of the index to redirect it to.
The template looks like this:
@syncodeindex from to
For this purpose, the indices are given two-letter names:
cp
fn
vr
ky
pg
tp
Write an @syncodeindex
command before or shortly after the
end-of-header line at the beginning of a Texinfo file. For example,
to merge a function index with a concept index, write the
following:
@syncodeindex fn cp
This will cause all entries designated for the function index to merge in with the concept index instead.
To merge both a variables index and a function index into a concept index, write the following:
@syncodeindex vr cp @syncodeindex fn cp
The @syncodeindex
command puts all the entries from the `from'
index (the redirected index) into the @code
font, overriding
whatever default font is used by the index to which the entries are
now directed. This way, if you direct function names from a function
index into a concept index, all the function names are printed in the
@code
font as you would expect.
@synindex
The @synindex
command is nearly the same as the
@syncodeindex
command, except that it does not put the
`from' index entries into the @code
font; rather it puts
them in the roman font. Thus, you use @synindex
when you
merge a concept index into a function index.
See Printing Indices & Menus, for information about printing an index at the end of a book or creating an index menu in an Info file.
In addition to the predefined indices, you may use the
@defindex
and @defcodeindex
commands to define new
indices. These commands create new indexing @-commands with which
you mark index entries. The @defindex
command is used like
this:
@defindex name
The name of an index should be a two letter word, such as au
.
For example:
@defindex au
This defines a new index, called the au
index. At the same
time, it creates a new indexing command, @auindex
, that you
can use to make index entries. Use the new indexing command just as
you would use a predefined indexing command.
For example, here is a section heading followed by a concept index
entry and two au
index entries.
@section Cognitive Semantics @cindex kinesthetic image schemas @auindex Johnson, Mark @auindex Lakoff, George
(Evidently, au
serves here as an abbreviation for "author".)
Texinfo constructs the new indexing command by concatenating the name
of the index with index
; thus, defining an au
index
leads to the automatic creation of an @auindex
command.
Use the @printindex
command to print the index, as you do with
the predefined indices. For example:
@node Author Index, Subject Index, , Top @unnumbered Author Index @printindex au
The @defcodeindex
is like the @defindex
command, except
that, in the printed output, it prints entries in an @code
font
instead of a roman font. Thus, it parallels the @findex
command
rather than the @cindex
command.
You should define new indices within or right after the end-of-header
line of a Texinfo file, before any @synindex
or
@syncodeindex
commands (see Header).
Texinfo provides several commands for inserting characters that have special meaning in Texinfo, such as braces, and for other graphic elements that do not correspond to simple characters you can type.
@
.
@
and curly braces are special characters in Texinfo. To insert
these characters so they appear in text, you must put an @
in
front of these characters to prevent Texinfo from misinterpreting
them.
Do not put braces after any of these commands; they are not necessary.
@
.
{
and }
.
@
with @@@@
stands for a single @
in either printed or Info
output.
Do not put braces after an @@
command.
{
and }
with @{ and @}@{
stands for a single {
in either printed or Info
output.
@}
stands for a single }
in either printed or Info
output.
Do not put braces after either an @{
or an @}
command.
The following sections describe commands that control spacing of various kinds within and after sentences.
Depending on whether a period or exclamation point or question mark is inside or at the end of a sentence, less or more space is inserted after a period in a typeset manual. Since it is not always possible to determine when a period ends a sentence and when it is used in an abbreviation, special commands are needed in some circumstances. Usually, Texinfo can guess how to handle periods, so you do not need to use the special commands; you just enter a period as you would if you were using a typewriter, which means you put two spaces after the period, question mark, or exclamation mark that ends a sentence.
Use the @:
command after a period, question mark,
exclamation mark, or colon that should not be followed by extra space.
For example, use @:
after periods that end abbreviations
which are not at the ends of sentences.
For example,
The s.o.p.@: has three parts ... The s.o.p. has three parts ...
The s.o.p. has three parts ...
The s.o.p. has three parts ...
(Incidentally, s.o.p.
is an abbreviation for "Standard Operating
Procedure".)
@:
has no effect on the Info output. Do not put braces after
@:
.
Use @.
instead of a period, @!
instead of an
exclamation point, and @?
instead of a question mark at the end
of a sentence that ends with a single capital letter. Otherwise, TeX
will think the letter is an abbreviation and will not insert the correct
end-of-sentence spacing. Here is an example:
Give it to M.I.B. and to M.E.W@. Also, give it to R.J.C@. Give it to M.I.B. and to M.E.W. Also, give it to R.J.C.
Give it to M.I.B. and to M.E.W. Also, give it to R.J.C.
Give it to M.I.B. and to M.E.W. Also, give it to R.J.C.
In the Info file output, @.
is equivalent to a simple
.
; likewise for @!
and @?
.
The meanings of @:
and @.
in Texinfo are designed to
work well with the Emacs sentence motion commands (see Sentences).
Do not put braces after any of these commands.
Ordinarily, TeX collapses multiple whitespace characters (space, tab, and newline) into a single space. Info output, on the other hand, preserves whitespace as you type it, except for changing a newline into a space; this is why it is important to put two spaces at the end of sentences in Texinfo documents.
Occasionally, you may want to actually insert several consecutive
spaces, either for purposes of example (what your program does with
multiple spaces as input), or merely for purposes of appearance in
headings or lists. Texinfo supports three commands:
@SPACE
, @TAB
, and @NL
, all of
which insert a single space into the output. (Here,
@SPACE
represents an @
character followed by a
space, i.e., @
, and TAB and NL represent the tab
character and end-of-line, i.e., when @
is the last character on
a line.)
For example,
Spacey@ @ @ @ example.
produces
Spacey example.
Other possible uses of @SPACE
have been subsumed by
@multitable
(see Multi-column Tables).
Do not follow any of these commands with braces.
@dmn
{dimension}: Format a DimensionAt times, you may want to write 12pt
or
8.5in
with little or no space between the number and the
abbreviation for the dimension. You can use the @dmn
command
to do this. On seeing the command, TeX inserts just enough space
for proper typesetting; the Info formatting commands insert no space
at all, since the Info file does not require it.
To use the @dmn
command, write the number and then follow it
immediately, with no intervening space, by @dmn
, and then by
the dimension within braces. For example,
A4 paper is 8.27@dmn{in} wide.
produces
A4 paper is 8.27in wide.
Not everyone uses this style. Some people prefer 8.27 in.@:
or 8.27 inches
to 8.27@dmn{in}
in the Texinfo file.
In these cases, however, the formatters may insert a line break between
the number and the dimension, so use @w
(see w). Also, if
you write a period after an abbreviation within a sentence, you should
write @:
after the period to prevent TeX from inserting extra
whitespace, as shown here. See Not Ending a Sentence.
Here is a table with the commands Texinfo provides for inserting
floating accents. The commands with non-alphabetic names do not take
braces around their argument (which is taken to be the next character).
(Exception: @,
does take braces around its argument.)
This is so as to make the source as convenient to type and read as
possible, since accented characters are very common in some languages.
Command | Output | What
|
@"o | ö | umlaut accent
|
@'o | ó | acute accent
|
@,{c} | ç | cedilla accent
|
@=o | o¯ | macron/overbar accent
|
@^o | ô | circumflex accent
|
@`o | ò | grave accent
|
@~o | õ | tilde accent
|
@dotaccent{o} | o. | overdot accent
|
@H{o} | o'' | long Hungarian umlaut
|
@ringaccent{o} | o* | ring accent
|
@tieaccent{oo} | oo[ | tie-after accent
|
@u{o} | o( | breve accent
|
@ubaraccent{o} | o_ | underbar accent
|
@udotaccent{o} | .o | underdot accent
|
@v{o} | o< | hacek or check accent
|
This table lists the Texinfo commands for inserting other characters commonly used in languages other than English.
@exclamdown{} | ¡ | upside-down !
|
@questiondown{} | ¿ | upside-down ?
|
@aa{},@AA{} | å,Å | a,A with circle
|
@ae{},@AE{} | æ,Æ | ae,AE ligatures
|
@dotless{i} | i | dotless i
|
@dotless{j} | j | dotless j
|
@l{},@L{} | /l,/L | suppressed-L,l
|
@o{},@O{} | ø,Ø | O,o with slash
|
@oe{},@OE{} | , | oe,OE ligatures
|
@ss{} | ß | es-zet or sharp S
|
An ellipsis (a line of dots) is not typeset as a string of
periods, so a special command is used for ellipsis in Texinfo. The
@bullet
command is special, too. Each of these commands is
followed by a pair of braces, {}
, without any whitespace
between the name of the command and the braces. (You need to use braces
with these commands because you can use them next to other text; without
the braces, the formatters would be confused. See @-Command Syntax, for further information.)
@dots
{} (...) and @enddots
{} (....)Use the @dots{}
command to generate an ellipsis, which is
three dots in a row, appropriately spaced, like this: `...'. Do
not simply write three periods in the input file; that would work for
the Info file output, but would produce the wrong amount of space
between the periods in the printed manual.
Similarly, the @enddots{}
command generates an
end-of-sentence ellipsis (four dots) ....
@bullet
{} ()Use the @bullet{}
command to generate a large round dot, or
the closest possible thing to one. In Info, an asterisk is used.
Here is a bullet:
When you use @bullet
in @itemize
, you do not need to
type the braces, because @itemize
supplies them.
(See @itemize
.)
The logo `TeX' is typeset in a special fashion and it needs an
@-command. The copyright symbol, `©', is also special.
Each of these commands is followed by a pair of braces, {}
,
without any whitespace between the name of the command and the
braces.
@copyright
{}.
@TeX
{} (TeX)Use the @TeX{}
command to generate `TeX'. In a printed
manual, this is a special logo that is different from three ordinary
letters. In Info, it just looks like TeX
. The
@TeX{}
command is unique among Texinfo commands in that the
T
and the X
are in upper case.
@copyright
{} (©)Use the @copyright{}
command to generate `©'. In
a printed manual, this is a c
inside a circle, and in Info,
this is (C)
.
@pounds
{} (£): Pounds SterlingUse the @pounds{}
command to generate `£'. In a
printed manual, this is the symbol for the currency pounds sterling.
In Info, it is a #
. Other currency symbols are unfortunately not
available.
@minus
{} (-): Inserting a Minus SignUse the @minus{}
command to generate a minus sign. In a
fixed-width font, this is a single hyphen, but in a proportional font,
the symbol is the customary length for a minus sign--a little longer
than a hyphen, shorter than an em-dash:
-
is a minus sign generated with@minus{}
, `-' is a hyphen generated with the character-
, `---' is an em-dash for text.
In the fixed-width font used by Info, @minus{}
is the same
as a hyphen.
You should not use @minus{}
inside @code
or
@example
because the width distinction is not made in the
fixed-width font they use.
When you use @minus
to specify the mark beginning each entry in
an itemized list, you do not need to type the braces
(see @itemize
.)
@math
: Inserting Mathematical ExpressionsYou can write a short mathematical expression with the @math
command. Write the mathematical expression between braces, like this:
@math{(a + b)(a + b) = a^2 + 2ab + b^2}
(a + b)(a + b) = a^2 + 2ab + b^2
Thus, the @math
command has no effect on the Info output.
For complex mathematical expressions, you can also use TeX directly
(see Raw Formatter Commands). When you use TeX directly,
remember to write the mathematical expression between one or two
$
(dollar-signs) as appropriate.
In Texinfo, code is often illustrated in examples that are delimited
by @example
and @end example
, or by @lisp
and
@end lisp
. In such examples, you can indicate the results of
evaluation or an expansion using =>
or
==>
. Likewise, there are commands to insert glyphs
to indicate
printed output, error messages, equivalence of expressions, and the
location of point.
The glyph-insertion commands do not need to be used within an example, but most often they are. Every glyph-insertion command is followed by a pair of left- and right-hand braces.
@result{}
points to the result of an expression.
@expansion{}
shows the results of a macro expansion.
@print{}
indicates printed output.
@error{}
indicates that the following text is an error
message.
@equiv{}
indicates the exact equivalence of two forms.
@point{}
shows the location of point.
@result{}
(=>): Indicating EvaluationUse the @result{}
command to indicate the result of
evaluating an expression.
Thus, the following,
(cdr '(1 2 3)) => (2 3)
may be read as "(cdr '(1 2 3))
evaluates to (2 3)
".
@expansion{}
(==>): Indicating an ExpansionWhen an expression is a macro call, it expands into a new expression.
You can indicate the result of the expansion with the
@expansion{}
command.
For example, the following
@lisp (third '(a b c)) @expansion{} (car (cdr (cdr '(a b c)))) @result{} c @end lisp
produces
(third '(a b c)) ==> (car (cdr (cdr '(a b c)))) => c
which may be read as:
(third '(a b c))
expands to(car (cdr (cdr '(a b c))))
; the result of evaluating the expression isc
.
Often, as in this case, an example looks better if the
@expansion{}
and @result{}
commands are indented
five spaces.
@print{}
(-|): Indicating Printed OutputSometimes an expression will print output during its execution. You
can indicate the printed output with the @print{}
command.
In the following example, the printed text is indicated with
-|
, and the value of the expression follows on the
last line.
(progn (print 'foo) (print 'bar)) -| foo -| bar => bar
In a Texinfo source file, this example is written as follows:
@lisp (progn (print 'foo) (print 'bar)) @print{} foo @print{} bar @result{} bar @end lisp
@error{}
(error-->): Indicating an Error MessageA piece of code may cause an error when you evaluate it. You can
designate the error message with the @error{}
command.
Thus,
@lisp (+ 23 'x) @error{} Wrong type argument: integer-or-marker-p, x @end lisp
produces
(+ 23 'x) error--> Wrong type argument: integer-or-marker-p, x
This indicates that the following error message is printed when you evaluate the expression:
Wrong type argument: integer-or-marker-p, x
error-->
itself is not part of the error message.
@equiv{}
(==): Indicating EquivalenceSometimes two expressions produce identical results. You can indicate the
exact equivalence of two forms with the @equiv{}
command.
Thus,
@lisp (make-sparse-keymap) @equiv{} (list 'keymap) @end lisp
produces
(make-sparse-keymap) == (list 'keymap)
This indicates that evaluating (make-sparse-keymap)
produces
identical results to evaluating (list 'keymap)
.
@point{}
(-!-): Indicating Point in a BufferSometimes you need to show an example of text in an Emacs buffer. In such examples, the convention is to include the entire contents of the buffer in question between two lines of dashes containing the buffer name.
You can use the @point{}
command to show the location of point
in the text in the buffer. (The symbol for point, of course, is not
part of the text in the buffer; it indicates the place between
two characters where point is located.)
The following example shows the contents of buffer foo
before
and after evaluating a Lisp command to insert the word changed
.
---------- Buffer: foo ---------- This is the -!-contents of foo. ---------- Buffer: foo ----------
(insert "changed ") => nil ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- This is the changed -!-contents of foo. ---------- Buffer: foo ----------
In a Texinfo source file, the example is written like this:
@example ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- This is the @point{}contents of foo. ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- (insert "changed ") @result{} nil ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- This is the changed @point{}contents of foo. ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- @end example
A footnote is for a reference that documents or elucidates the primary text.8
In Texinfo, footnotes are created with the @footnote
command.
This command is followed immediately by a left brace, then by the text
of the footnote, and then by a terminating right brace. Footnotes may
be of any length (they will be broken across pages if necessary), but
are usually short. The template is:
ordinary text@footnote{text of footnote}
As shown here, the @footnote
command should come right after the
text being footnoted, with no intervening space; otherwise, the footnote
marker might end up starting a line.
For example, this clause is followed by a sample footnote9; in the Texinfo source, it looks like this:
...a sample footnote@footnote{Here is the sample footnote.}; in the Texinfo source...
In a printed manual or book, the reference mark for a footnote is a small, superscripted number; the text of the footnote appears at the bottom of the page, below a horizontal line.
In Info, the reference mark for a footnote is a pair of parentheses
with the footnote number between them, like this: (1)
. The
reference mark is followed by a cross-reference link to the footnote's
text.
In the HTML output, footnote references are marked with a small, superscripted number which is rendered as a hypertext link to the footnote text.
By the way, footnotes in the argument of an @item
command for a
@table
must be on the same line as the @item
(as usual). See Two-column Tables.
Info has two footnote styles, which determine where the text of the footnote is located:
Footnotes
within it. Each footnote begins with an
(n)
reference mark.
Here is an example of a single footnote in the end of node style:
--------- Footnotes --------- (1) Here is a sample footnote.
(n)
reference mark in the body of the
node. The footnote reference is actually a cross reference
which you use to reach the footnote node.
The name of the node with the footnotes is constructed
by appending -Footnotes
to the name of the node
that contains the footnotes. (Consequently, the footnotes'
node for the Footnotes
node is
Footnotes-Footnotes
!) The footnotes' node has an
`Up' node pointer that leads back to its parent node.
Here is how the first footnote in this manual looks after being formatted for Info in the separate node style:
File: texinfo.info Node: Overview-Footnotes, Up: Overview (1) The first syllable of "Texinfo" is pronounced like "speck", not "hex". ...
A Texinfo file may be formatted into an Info file with either footnote style.
Use the @footnotestyle
command to specify an Info file's
footnote style. Write this command at the beginning of a line followed
by an argument, either end
for the end node style or
separate
for the separate node style.
For example,
@footnotestyle end
or
@footnotestyle separate
Write an @footnotestyle
command before or shortly after the
end-of-header line at the beginning of a Texinfo file. (If you
include the @footnotestyle
command between the start-of-header
and end-of-header lines, the region formatting commands will format
footnotes as specified.)
If you do not specify a footnote style, the formatting commands use
their default style. Currently, texinfo-format-buffer
and
texinfo-format-region
use the `separate' style and
makeinfo
uses the `end' style.
You can insert an image given in an external file with the
@image
command:
@image{filename, [width], [height]}
The filename argument is mandatory, and must not have an extension, because the different processors support different formats:
filename.eps
(Encapsulated PostScript
format).
filename.pdf
(Adobe's Portable Document Format).
makeinfo
uses filename.txt
verbatim for
Info output (more or less as if it was an @example
).
makeinfo
producing HTML output tries filename.png
;
if that does not exist, it tries filename.jpg
. If that
does not exist either, it complains. (We cannot support GIF format due
to patents.)
The optional width and height arguments specify the size to scale the image to (they are ignored for Info output). If neither is specified, the image is presented in its natural size (given in the file); if only one is specified, the other is scaled proportionately; and if both are specified, both are respected, thus possibly distorting the original image by changing its aspect ratio.
The width and height may be specified using any valid TeX dimension, namely:
For example, the following will scale a file ridt.eps
to one
inch vertically, with the width scaled proportionately:
@image{ridt,,1in}
For @image
to work with TeX, the file epsf.tex
must be
installed somewhere that TeX can find it. (The standard location is
texmf/tex/generic/dvips/epsf.tex
, where texmf is a
root of your TeX directory tree.) This file is included in the
Texinfo distribution and is available from
ftp://tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.
@image
can be used within a line as well as for displayed
figures. Therefore, if you intend it to be displayed, be sure to leave
a blank line before the command, or the output will run into the
preceding text.
Usually, a Texinfo file is processed both by TeX and by one of the Info formatting commands. Line, paragraph, or page breaks sometimes occur in the `wrong' place in one or other form of output. You must ensure that text looks right both in the printed manual and in the Info file.
For example, in a printed manual, page breaks may occur awkwardly in the middle of an example; to prevent this, you can hold text together using a grouping command that keeps the text from being split across two pages. Conversely, you may want to force a page break where none would occur normally. Fortunately, problems like these do not often arise. When they do, use the break, break prevention, or pagination commands.
The break commands create or allow line and paragraph breaks:
@*
@sp n
@-
@hyphenation{hy-phen-a-ted words}
The line-break-prevention command holds text together all on one line:
@w{text}
The pagination commands apply only to printed output, since Info files do not have pages.
@page
@group
@need mils
@*
: Generate Line BreaksThe @*
command forces a line break in both the printed manual and
in Info.
For example,
This line @* is broken @*in two places.
produces
This line is broken in two places.
(Note that the space after the first @*
command is faithfully
carried down to the next line.)
The @*
command is often used in a file's copyright page:
This is edition 2.0 of the Texinfo documentation,@* and is for ...
In this case, the @*
command keeps TeX from stretching the
line across the whole page in an ugly manner.
Please note: Do not write braces after an@*
command; they are not needed.Do not write an
@refill
command at the end of a paragraph containing an@*
command; it will cause the paragraph to be refilled after the line break occurs, negating the effect of the line break.
@-
and @hyphenation
: Helping TeX hyphenateAlthough TeX's hyphenation algorithm is generally pretty good, it does miss useful hyphenation points from time to time. (Or, far more rarely, insert an incorrect hyphenation.) So, for documents with an unusual vocabulary or when fine-tuning for a printed edition, you may wish to help TeX out. Texinfo supports two commands for this:
@-
@-
.
@hyphenation{hy-phen-a-ted words}
-
at each hyphenation point. For example:
@hyphenation{man-u-script man-u-scripts}TeX only uses the specified hyphenation points when the words match exactly, so give all necessary variants.
Info output is not hyphenated, so these commands have no effect there.
@w
{text}: Prevent Line Breaks@w{text}
outputs text and prohibits line breaks
within text.
You can use the @w
command to prevent TeX from automatically
hyphenating a long name or phrase that happens to fall near the end of a
line. For example:
You can copy GNU software from @w{@samp{ftp.gnu.org}}.
produces
You can copy GNU software from ftp.gnu.org
.
You can also use @w
to produce a non-breakable space:
None of the formatters will break at this@w{ }space.
@sp
n: Insert Blank LinesA line beginning with and containing only @sp n
generates n blank lines of space in both the printed manual and
the Info file. @sp
also forces a paragraph break. For
example,
@sp 2
generates two blank lines.
The @sp
command is most often used in the title page.
@page
: Start a New PageA line containing only @page
starts a new page in a printed
manual. The command has no effect on Info files since they are not
paginated. An @page
command is often used in the @titlepage
section of a Texinfo file to start the copyright page.
@group
: Prevent Page BreaksThe @group
command (on a line by itself) is used inside an
@example
or similar construct to begin an unsplittable vertical
group, which will appear entirely on one page in the printed output.
The group is terminated by a line containing only @end group
.
These two lines produce no output of their own, and in the Info file
output they have no effect at all.
Although @group
would make sense conceptually in a wide
variety of contexts, its current implementation works reliably only
within @example
and variants, and within @display
,
@format
, @flushleft
and @flushright
.
See Quotations and Examples. (What all these commands have in
common is that each line of input produces a line of output.) In
other contexts, @group
can cause anomalous vertical
spacing.
This formatting requirement means that you should write:
@example @group ... @end group @end example
with the @group
and @end group
commands inside the
@example
and @end example
commands.
The @group
command is most often used to hold an example
together on one page. In this Texinfo manual, more than 100 examples
contain text that is enclosed between @group
and @end
group
.
If you forget to end a group, you may get strange and unfathomable
error messages when you run TeX. This is because TeX keeps
trying to put the rest of the Texinfo file onto the one page and does
not start to generate error messages until it has processed
considerable text. It is a good rule of thumb to look for a missing
@end group
if you get incomprehensible error messages in
TeX.
@need mils
: Prevent Page BreaksA line containing only @need n
starts
a new page in a printed manual if fewer than n mils (thousandths
of an inch) remain on the current page. Do not use
braces around the argument n. The @need
command has no
effect on Info files since they are not paginated.
This paragraph is preceded by an @need
command that tells
TeX to start a new page if fewer than 800 mils (eight-tenths
inch) remain on the page. It looks like this:
@need 800 This paragraph is preceded by ...
The @need
command is useful for preventing orphans (single
lines at the bottoms of printed pages).
The @deffn
command and the other definition commands
enable you to describe functions, variables, macros, commands, user
options, special forms and other such artifacts in a uniform
format.
In the Info file, a definition causes the entity
category--`Function', `Variable', or whatever--to appear at the
beginning of the first line of the definition, followed by the
entity's name and arguments. In the printed manual, the command
causes TeX to print the entity's name and its arguments on the left
margin and print the category next to the right margin. In both
output formats, the body of the definition is indented. Also, the
name of the entity is entered into the appropriate index:
@deffn
enters the name into the index of functions,
@defvr
enters it into the index of variables, and so
on.
A manual need not and should not contain more than one definition for
a given name. An appendix containing a summary should use
@table
rather than the definition commands.
The @deffn
command is used for definitions of entities that
resemble functions. To write a definition using the @deffn
command, write the @deffn
command at the beginning of a line
and follow it on the same line by the category of the entity, the name
of the entity itself, and its arguments (if any). Then write the body
of the definition on succeeding lines. (You may embed examples in the
body.) Finally, end the definition with an @end deffn
command
written on a line of its own. (The other definition commands follow
the same format.)
The template for a definition looks like this:
@deffn category name arguments... body-of-definition @end deffn
For example,
@deffn Command forward-word count This command moves point forward @var{count} words (or backward if @var{count} is negative). ... @end deffn
produces
forward-word count Command
This function moves point forward count words (or backward if count is negative). ...
Capitalize the category name like a title. If the name of the category contains spaces, as in the phrase `Interactive Command', write braces around it. For example:
@deffn {Interactive Command} isearch-forward ... @end deffn
Otherwise, the second word will be mistaken for the name of the entity.
Some of the definition commands are more general than others. The
@deffn
command, for example, is the general definition command
for functions and the like--for entities that may take arguments. When
you use this command, you specify the category to which the entity
belongs. The @deffn
command possesses three predefined,
specialized variations, @defun
, @defmac
, and
@defspec
, that specify the category for you: "Function",
"Macro", and "Special Form" respectively. (In Lisp, a special form
is an entity much like a function.) The @defvr
command also is
accompanied by several predefined, specialized variations for describing
particular kinds of variables.
The template for a specialized definition, such as @defun
, is
similar to the template for a generalized definition, except that you
do not need to specify the category:
@defun name arguments... body-of-definition @end defun
Thus,
@defun buffer-end flag This function returns @code{(point-min)} if @var{flag} is less than 1, @code{(point-max)} otherwise. ... @end defun
produces
buffer-end flag Function
This function returns (point-min)
if flag is less than 1,(point-max)
otherwise. ...
See Sample Function Definition, for a more detailed example of a function
definition, including the use of @example
inside the
definition.
The other specialized commands work like @defun
.
Some entities take optional or repeated arguments, which may be specified by a distinctive glyph that uses square brackets and ellipses. For example, a special form often breaks its argument list into separate arguments in more complicated ways than a straightforward function.
Here is the @defspec
line of an example of an imaginary
special form:
foobar (var [from to [inc]]) body... Special Form
In this example, the arguments from and to are optional, but must both be present or both absent. If they are present, inc may optionally be specified as well. These arguments are grouped with the argument var into a list, to distinguish them from body, which includes all remaining elements of the form.
In a Texinfo source file, this @defspec
line is written like
this (except it would not be split over two lines, as it is in this
example).
@defspec foobar (@var{var} [@var{from} @var{to} [@var{inc}]]) @var{body}@dots{}
The function is listed in the Command and Variable Index under
foobar
.
To create two or more `first' or header lines for a definition, follow
the first @deffn
line by a line beginning with @deffnx
.
The @deffnx
command works exactly like @deffn
except that it does not generate extra vertical white space between it
and the preceding line.
For example,
@deffn {Interactive Command} isearch-forward @deffnx {Interactive Command} isearch-backward These two search commands are similar except ... @end deffn
produces
isearch-forward | Interactive Command |
isearch-backward | Interactive Command |
These two search commands are similar except ... |
Each definition command has an `x' form: @defunx
,
@defvrx
, @deftypefunx
, etc.
The `x' forms work just like @itemx
; see @itemx
.
Texinfo provides more than a dozen definition commands, all of which are described in this section.
The definition commands automatically enter the name of the entity in
the appropriate index: for example, @deffn
, @defun
,
and @defmac
enter function names in the index of functions;
@defvr
and @defvar
enter variable names in the index
of variables.
Although the examples that follow mostly illustrate Lisp, the commands can be used for other programming languages.
This section describes the commands for describing functions and similar entities:
@deffn category name arguments...
@deffn
command is the general definition command for
functions, interactive commands, and similar entities that may take
arguments. You must choose a term to describe the category of entity
being defined; for example, "Function" could be used if the entity is
a function. The @deffn
command is written at the beginning of a
line and is followed on the same line by the category of entity being
described, the name of this particular entity, and its arguments, if
any. Terminate the definition with @end deffn
on a line of its
own.
For example, here is a definition:
@deffn Command forward-char nchars Move point forward @var{nchars} characters. @end deffn
This shows a rather terse definition for a "command" named
forward-char
with one argument, nchars.
@deffn
prints argument names such as nchars in italics or
upper case, as if @var
had been used, because we think of these
names as metasyntactic variables--they stand for the actual argument
values. Within the text of the description, write an argument name
explicitly with @var
to refer to the value of the argument. In
the example above, we used @var{nchars}
in this way.
The template for @deffn
is:
@deffn category name arguments... body-of-definition @end deffn
@defun name arguments...
@defun
command is the definition command for functions.
@defun
is equivalent to @deffn Function
...
.
For example,
@defun set symbol new-value Change the value of the symbol @var{symbol} to @var{new-value}. @end defun
shows a rather terse definition for a function set
whose
arguments are symbol and new-value. The argument names on
the @defun
line automatically appear in italics or upper case as
if they were enclosed in @var
. Terminate the definition with
@end defun
on a line of its own.
The template is:
@defun function-name arguments... body-of-definition @end defun
@defun
creates an entry in the index of functions.
@defmac name arguments...
@defmac
command is the definition command for macros.
@defmac
is equivalent to @deffn Macro ...
and
works like @defun
.
@defspec name arguments...
@defspec
command is the definition command for special
forms. (In Lisp, a special form is an entity much like a function,
see Special Forms.)
@defspec
is equivalent to @deffn {Special Form}
...
and works like @defun
.
Here are the commands for defining variables and similar entities:
@defvr category name
@defvr
command is a general definition command for
something like a variable--an entity that records a value. You must
choose a term to describe the category of entity being defined; for
example, "Variable" could be used if the entity is a variable.
Write the @defvr
command at the beginning of a line and
follow it on the same line by the category of the entity and the
name of the entity.
Capitalize the category name like a title. If the name of the category contains spaces, as in the name "User Option", enclose it in braces. Otherwise, the second word will be mistaken for the name of the entity. For example,
@defvr {User Option} fill-column This buffer-local variable specifies the maximum width of filled lines. ... @end defvr
Terminate the definition with @end defvr
on a line of its
own.
The template is:
@defvr category name body-of-definition @end defvr
@defvr
creates an entry in the index of variables for name.
@defvar name
@defvar
command is the definition command for variables.
@defvar
is equivalent to @defvr Variable
...
.
For example:
@defvar kill-ring ... @end defvar
The template is:
@defvar name body-of-definition @end defvar
@defvar
creates an entry in the index of variables for
name.
@defopt name
@defopt
command is the definition command for user
options, i.e., variables intended for users to change according to
taste; Emacs has many such (see Variables). @defopt
is equivalent to @defvr {User
Option} ...
and works like @defvar
.
The @deftypefn
command and its variations are for describing
functions in languages in which you must declare types of variables and
functions, such as C and C++.
@deftypefn category data-type name arguments...
@deftypefn
command is the general definition command for
functions and similar entities that may take arguments and that are
typed. The @deftypefn
command is written at the beginning of
a line and is followed on the same line by the category of entity
being described, the type of the returned value, the name of this
particular entity, and its arguments, if any.
For example,
@deftypefn {Library Function} int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar}) ... @end deftypefn
(where the text before the "...", shown above as two lines, would actually be a single line in a real Texinfo file) produces the following in Info:
-- Library Function: int foobar (int FOO, float BAR) ...
This means that foobar
is a "library function" that returns an
int
, and its arguments are foo (an int
) and
bar (a float
).
The argument names that you write in @deftypefn
are not subject
to an implicit @var
--since the actual names of the arguments in
@deftypefn
are typically scattered among data type names and
keywords, Texinfo cannot find them without help. Instead, you must write
@var
explicitly around the argument names. In the example
above, the argument names are foo
and bar
.
The template for @deftypefn
is:
@deftypefn category data-type name arguments ... body-of-description @end deftypefn
Note that if the category or data type is more than one word then it must be enclosed in braces to make it a single argument.
If you are describing a procedure in a language that has packages,
such as Ada, you might consider using @deftypefn
in a manner
somewhat contrary to the convention described in the preceding
paragraphs.
For example:
@deftypefn stacks private push (@var{s}:in out stack; @var{n}:in integer) ... @end deftypefn
(The @deftypefn
arguments are shown split into three lines, but
would be a single line in a real Texinfo file.)
In this instance, the procedure is classified as belonging to the
package stacks
rather than classified as a `procedure' and its
data type is described as private
. (The name of the procedure
is push
, and its arguments are s and n.)
@deftypefn
creates an entry in the index of functions for
name.
@deftypefun data-type name arguments...
@deftypefun
command is the specialized definition command
for functions in typed languages. The command is equivalent to
@deftypefn Function ...
.
Thus,
@deftypefun int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar}) ... @end deftypefun
produces the following in Info:
-- Function: int foobar (int FOO, float BAR) ...
The template is:
@deftypefun type name arguments... body-of-description @end deftypefun
@deftypefun
creates an entry in the index of functions for
name.
Variables in typed languages are handled in a manner similar to
functions in typed languages. See Typed Functions. The general
definition command @deftypevr
corresponds to
@deftypefn
and the specialized definition command
@deftypevar
corresponds to @deftypefun
.
@deftypevr category data-type name
@deftypevr
command is the general definition command for
something like a variable in a typed language--an entity that records
a value. You must choose a term to describe the category of the
entity being defined; for example, "Variable" could be used if the
entity is a variable.
The @deftypevr
command is written at the beginning of a line
and is followed on the same line by the category of the entity
being described, the data type, and the name of this particular
entity.
For example:
@deftypevr {Global Flag} int enable ... @end deftypevr
produces the following in Info:
-- Global Flag: int enable ...
The template is:
@deftypevr category data-type name body-of-description @end deftypevr
@deftypevr
creates an entry in the index of variables for
name.
@deftypevar data-type name
@deftypevar
command is the specialized definition command
for variables in typed languages. @deftypevar
is equivalent
to @deftypevr Variable ...
.
For example:
@deftypevar int fubar ... @end deftypevar
produces the following in Info:
-- Variable: int fubar ...
The template is:
@deftypevar data-type name body-of-description @end deftypevar
@deftypevar
creates an entry in the index of variables for
name.
Here are the commands for formatting descriptions about abstract objects, such as are used in object-oriented programming. A class is a defined type of abstract object. An instance of a class is a particular object that has the type of the class. An instance variable is a variable that belongs to the class but for which each instance has its own value.
In a definition, if the name of a class is truly a name defined in the
programming system for a class, then you should write an @code
around it. Otherwise, it is printed in the usual text font.
@defcv category class name
@defcv
command is the general definition command for
variables associated with classes in object-oriented programming. The
@defcv
command is followed by three arguments: the category of
thing being defined, the class to which it belongs, and its
name. Thus,
@defcv {Class Option} Window border-pattern ... @end defcv
illustrates how you would write the first line of a definition of the
border-pattern
class option of the class Window
.
The template is:
@defcv category class name ... @end defcv
@defcv
creates an entry in the index of variables.
@defivar class name
@defivar
command is the definition command for instance
variables in object-oriented programming. @defivar
is
equivalent to @defcv {Instance Variable} ...
The template is:
@defivar class instance-variable-name body-of-definition @end defivar
@defivar
creates an entry in the index of variables.
@deftypeivar class data-type name
@deftypeivar
command is the definition command for typed
instance variables in object-oriented programming. It is similar to
@defivar
with the addition of the data-type parameter to
specify the type of the instance variable. @deftypeivar
creates an
entry in the index of variables.
@defop category class name arguments...
@defop
command is the general definition command for
entities that may resemble methods in object-oriented programming.
These entities take arguments, as functions do, but are associated with
particular classes of objects.
For example, some systems have constructs called wrappers that
are associated with classes as methods are, but that act more like
macros than like functions. You could use @defop Wrapper
to
describe one of these.
Sometimes it is useful to distinguish methods and operations.
You can think of an operation as the specification for a method.
Thus, a window system might specify that all window classes have a
method named expose
; we would say that this window system
defines an expose
operation on windows in general. Typically,
the operation has a name and also specifies the pattern of arguments;
all methods that implement the operation must accept the same
arguments, since applications that use the operation do so without
knowing which method will implement it.
Often it makes more sense to document operations than methods. For
example, window application developers need to know about the
expose
operation, but need not be concerned with whether a
given class of windows has its own method to implement this operation.
To describe this operation, you would write:
@defop Operation windows expose
The @defop
command is written at the beginning of a line and
is followed on the same line by the overall name of the category of
operation, the name of the class of the operation, the name of the
operation, and its arguments, if any.
The template is:
@defop category class name arguments... body-of-definition @end defop
@defop
creates an entry, such as `expose
on
windows
', in the index of functions.
@deftypeop category class data-type name arguments...
@deftypeop
command is the definition command for typed
operations in object-oriented programming. It is similar to
@defop
with the addition of the data-type parameter to
specify the return type of the method. @deftypeop
creates an
entry in the index of functions.
@defmethod class name arguments...
@defmethod
command is the definition command for methods
in object-oriented programming. A method is a kind of function that
implements an operation for a particular class of objects and its
subclasses.
@defmethod
is equivalent to @defop Method ...
.
The command is written at the beginning of a line and is followed by
the name of the class of the method, the name of the method, and its
arguments, if any.
For example:
@defmethod bar-class
bar-method argument
...
@end defmethod
illustrates the definition for a method called bar-method
of
the class bar-class
. The method takes an argument.
The template is:
@defmethod class method-name arguments... body-of-definition @end defmethod
@defmethod
creates an entry, such as `bar-method
on
bar-class
', in the index of functions.
@deftypemethod class data-type name arguments...
@deftypemethod
command is the definition command for methods
in object-oriented typed languages, such as C++ and Java. It is similar
to the @defmethod
command with the addition of the
data-type parameter to specify the return type of the method.
Here is the command for data types:
@deftp category name attributes...
@deftp
command is the generic definition command for data
types. The command is written at the beginning of a line and is
followed on the same line by the category, by the name of the type
(which is a word like int
or float
), and then by names of
attributes of objects of that type. Thus, you could use this command
for describing int
or float
, in which case you could use
data type
as the category. (A data type is a category of
certain objects for purposes of deciding which operations can be
performed on them.)
In Lisp, for example, pair names a particular data
type, and an object of that type has two slots called the
CAR and the CDR. Here is how you would write the first line
of a definition of pair
.
@deftp {Data type} pair car cdr ... @end deftp
The template is:
@deftp category name-of-type attributes... body-of-definition @end deftp
@deftp
creates an entry in the index of data types.
When you write a definition using @deffn
, @defun
, or
one of the other definition commands, please take care to use
arguments that indicate the meaning, as with the count argument
to the forward-word
function. Also, if the name of an argument
contains the name of a type, such as integer, take care that the
argument actually is of that type.
A function definition uses the @defun
and @end defun
commands. The name of the function follows immediately after the
@defun
command and it is followed, on the same line, by the
parameter list.
Here is a definition from Calling Functions.
apply function &rest arguments Function
apply
calls function with arguments, just likefuncall
but with one difference: the last of arguments is a list of arguments to give to function, rather than a single argument. We also say that this list is appended to the other arguments.
apply
returns the result of calling function. As withfuncall
, function must either be a Lisp function or a primitive function; special forms and macros do not make sense inapply
.(setq f 'list) => list (apply f 'x 'y 'z) error--> Wrong type argument: listp, z (apply '+ 1 2 '(3 4)) => 10 (apply '+ '(1 2 3 4)) => 10 (apply 'append '((a b c) nil (x y z) nil)) => (a b c x y z)An interesting example of using
apply
is found in the description ofmapcar
.
In the Texinfo source file, this example looks like this:
@defun apply function &rest arguments @code{apply} calls @var{function} with @var{arguments}, just like @code{funcall} but with one difference: the last of @var{arguments} is a list of arguments to give to @var{function}, rather than a single argument. We also say that this list is @dfn{appended} to the other arguments. @code{apply} returns the result of calling @var{function}. As with @code{funcall}, @var{function} must either be a Lisp function or a primitive function; special forms and macros do not make sense in @code{apply}. @example (setq f 'list) @result{} list (apply f 'x 'y 'z) @error{} Wrong type argument: listp, z (apply '+ 1 2 '(3 4)) @result{} 10 (apply '+ '(1 2 3 4)) @result{} 10 (apply 'append '((a b c) nil (x y z) nil)) @result{} (a b c x y z) @end example An interesting example of using @code{apply} is found in the description of @code{mapcar}. @end defun
In this manual, this function is listed in the Command and Variable
Index under apply
.
Ordinary variables and user options are described using a format like that for functions except that variables do not take arguments.
Sometimes it is good to use different text for different output formats. For example, you can use the conditional commands to specify different text for the printed manual and the Info output.
Conditional commands may not be nested.
The conditional commands comprise the following categories.
@ifinfo
begins segments of text that should be ignored by TeX
when it typesets the printed manual. The segment of text appears only
in the Info file. The @ifinfo
command should appear on a line
by itself; end the Info-only text with a line containing @end
ifinfo
by itself. At the beginning of a Texinfo file, the Info
permissions are contained within a region marked by @ifinfo
and
@end ifinfo
. (See Info Summary and Permissions.)
The @iftex
and @end iftex
commands are similar to the
@ifinfo
and @end ifinfo
commands, except that they
specify text that will appear in the printed manual but not in the Info
file. Likewise for @ifhtml
and @end ifhtml
, which
specify text to appear only in HTML output.
For example,
@iftex This text will appear only in the printed manual. @end iftex @ifinfo However, this text will appear only in Info. @end ifinfo @ifhtml And this text will only appear in HTML. @end ifhtml
The preceding example produces the following line: And this text will only appear in HTML.
Notice that you only see one of the input lines, depending on which version of the manual you are reading.
You can specify text to be included in any output format other
than some given one with the @ifnot...
commands:
@ifnothtml ... @end ifnothtml @ifnotinfo ... @end ifnotinfo @ifnottex ... @end ifnottex
(The @ifnot...
command and the @end
command must
actually appear on lines by themselves.)
If the output file is not being made for the given format, the region is included. Otherwise, it is ignored.
The regions delimited by these commands are ordinary Texinfo source as
with @iftex
, not raw formatter source as with @tex
(see Raw Formatter Commands).
Inside a region delineated by @iftex
and @end iftex
, you
can embed some raw TeX commands. Info will ignore these commands
since they are only in that part of the file which is seen by TeX.
You can write the TeX commands as you would write them in a normal
TeX file, except that you must replace the \
used by TeX
with an @
. For example, in the @titlepage
section of a
Texinfo file, you can use the TeX command @vskip
to format
the copyright page. (The @titlepage
command causes Info to
ignore the region automatically, as it does with the @iftex
command.)
However, many features of plain TeX will not work, as they are overridden by Texinfo features.
You can enter plain TeX completely, and use \
in the TeX
commands, by delineating a region with the @tex
and @end
tex
commands. (The @tex
command also causes Info to ignore the
region, like the @iftex
command.) The sole exception is that the
@
character still introduces a command, so that @end tex
can be recognized properly.
For example, here is a mathematical expression written in plain TeX:
@tex $$ \chi^2 = \sum_{i=1}^N \left (y_i - (a + b x_i) \over \sigma_i\right)^2 $$ @end tex
The output of this example will appear only in a printed manual. If you are reading this in Info, you will not see the equation that appears in the printed manual.
Analogously, you can use @ifhtml ... @end ifhtml
to delimit
a region to be included in HTML output only, and @html ...
@end html
for a region of raw HTML (again, except that @
is
still the escape character, so the @end
command can be
recognized.)
@set
, @clear
, and @value
You can direct the Texinfo formatting commands to format or ignore parts
of a Texinfo file with the @set
, @clear
, @ifset
,
and @ifclear
commands.
In addition, you can use the @set flag
command to set the
value of flag to a string of characters; and use
@value{flag}
to insert that string. You can use
@set
, for example, to set a date and use @value
to
insert the date in several places in the Texinfo file.
@ifset
and @ifclear
When a flag is set, the Texinfo formatting commands format text
between subsequent pairs of @ifset flag
and @end
ifset
commands. When the flag is cleared, the Texinfo formatting
commands do not format the text.
Use the @set flag
command to turn on, or set, a
flag; a flag name can be any single word, containing
letters, numerals, hyphens, or underscores.
The format for the command looks like this:
@set flag
Write the conditionally formatted text between @ifset flag
and @end ifset
commands, like this:
@ifset flag conditional-text @end ifset
For example, you can create one document that has two variants, such as a manual for a `large' and `small' model:
You can use this machine to dig up shrubs without hurting them. @set large @ifset large It can also dig up fully grown trees. @end ifset Remember to replant promptly ...
In the example, the formatting commands will format the text between
@ifset large
and @end ifset
because the large
flag is set.
Use the @clear flag
command to turn off, or clear,
a flag. Clearing a flag is the opposite of setting a flag. The
command looks like this:
@clear flag
Write the command on a line of its own.
When flag is cleared, the Texinfo formatting commands do
not format the text between @ifset flag
and
@end ifset
; that text is ignored and does not appear in either
printed or Info output.
For example, if you clear the flag of the preceding example by writing
an @clear large
command after the @set large
command
(but before the conditional text), then the Texinfo formatting commands
ignore the text between the @ifset large
and @end ifset
commands. In the formatted output, that text does not appear; in both
printed and Info output, you see only the lines that say, "You can use
this machine to dig up shrubs without hurting them. Remember to replant
promptly ...".
If a flag is cleared with an @clear flag
command, then
the formatting commands format text between subsequent pairs of
@ifclear
and @end ifclear
commands. But if the flag
is set with @set flag
, then the formatting commands do
not format text between an @ifclear
and an @end
ifclear
command; rather, they ignore that text. An @ifclear
command looks like this:
@ifclear flag
In brief, the commands are:
@set flag
@clear flag
@ifset flag
@end ifset
command.
If flag is cleared, tell the Texinfo formatting commands to
ignore text up to the following @end ifset
command.
@ifclear flag
@end ifclear
command.
If flag is cleared, tell the Texinfo formatting commands to
format the text up to the following @end ifclear
command.
@set
and @value
You can use the @set
command to specify a value for a flag,
which is expanded by the @value
command. A flag is an
identifier; for best results, use only letters and numerals in a flag
name, not -
or _
--they will work in some contexts, but
not all, due to limitations in TeX. The value is just a string of
characters, the remainder of the input line.
Write the @set
command like this:
@set foo This is a string.
This sets the value of the flag foo
to "This is a string.".
The Texinfo formatters then replace an @value{flag}
command with the string to which flag is set. Thus, when
foo
is set as shown above, the Texinfo formatters convert
@value{foo}
to
This is a string.
You can write an @value
command within a paragraph; but you
must write an @set
command on a line of its own.
If you write the @set
command like this:
@set foo
without specifying a string, the value of foo
is an empty string.
If you clear a previously set flag with @clear flag
, a
subsequent @value{flag}
command is invalid and the string is
replaced with an error message that says {No value for
"flag"}
.
For example, if you set foo
as follows:
@set how-much very, very, very
then the formatters transform
It is a @value{how-much} wet day.
into
It is a very, very, very wet day.
If you write
@clear how-much
then the formatters transform
It is a @value{how-much} wet day.
into
It is a {No value for "how-much"} wet day.
@value
ExampleYou can use the @value
command to limit the number of places you
need to change when you record an update to a manual. Here is how it is
done in The GNU Make Manual:
@set EDITION 0.35 Beta @set VERSION 3.63 Beta @set UPDATED 14 August 1992 @set UPDATE-MONTH August 1992
@ifinfo
section, for people reading the
Texinfo file:
This is Edition @value{EDITION}, last updated @value{UPDATED}, of @cite{The GNU Make Manual}, for @code{make}, version @value{VERSION}.
@title GNU Make @subtitle A Program for Directing Recompilation @subtitle Edition @value{EDITION}, ... @subtitle @value{UPDATE-MONTH}
(On a printed cover, a date listing the month and the year looks less fussy than a date listing the day as well as the month and year.)
This is Edition @value{EDITION} of the @cite{GNU Make Manual}, last updated @value{UPDATED} for @code{make} Version @value{VERSION}.
After you format the manual, the text in the first @ifinfo
section looks like this:
This is Edition 0.35 Beta, last updated 14 August 1992, of `The GNU Make Manual', for `make', Version 3.63 Beta.
When you update the manual, change only the values of the flags; you do not need to edit the three sections.
Texinfo has some support for writing in languages other than English, although this area still needs considerable work.
For a list of the various accented and special characters Texinfo supports, see Inserting Accents.
@documentlanguage cc
: Set the Document LanguageThe @documentlanguage
command declares the current document
language. Write it on a line by itself, with a two-letter ISO-639
language code following (list is included below). If you have a
multilingual document, the intent is to be able to use this command
multiple times, to declare each language change. If the command is not
used at all, the default is en
for English.
At present, this command is ignored in Info and HTML output. For
TeX, it causes the file txi-cc.tex
to be read (if it
exists). Such a file appropriately redefines the various English words
used in TeX output, such as `Chapter', `See', and so on.
It would be good if this command also changed TeX's ideas of the
current hyphenation patterns (via the TeX primitive
\language
), but this is unfortunately not currently implemented.
Here is the list of valid language codes. This list comes from the free translation project. In the future we may wish to allow the 3-letter POV codes described at http://www.sil.org/ethnologue/#contents. This will be necessary to support African languages.
aa | Afar |
ab | Abkhazian |
af | Afrikaans
|
am | Amharic |
ar | Arabic |
as | Assamese
|
ay | Aymara |
az | Azerbaijani |
ba | Bashkir
|
be | Byelorussian |
bg | Bulgarian |
bh | Bihari
|
bi | Bislama |
bn | Bengali; Bangla |
bo | Tibetan
|
br | Breton |
ca | Catalan |
co | Corsican
|
cs | Czech |
cy | Welsh |
da | Danish
|
de | German |
dz | Bhutani |
el | Greek
|
en | English |
eo | Esperanto |
es | Spanish
|
et | Estonian |
eu | Basque |
fa | Persian
|
fi | Finnish |
fj | Fiji |
fo | Faroese
|
fr | French |
fy | Frisian |
ga | Irish
|
gd | Scots Gaelic |
gl | Galician |
gn | Guarani
|
gu | Gujarati |
ha | Hausa |
he | Hebrew
|
hi | Hindi |
hr | Croatian |
hu | Hungarian
|
hy | Armenian |
ia | Interlingua |
id | Indonesian
|
ie | Interlingue |
ik | Inupiak |
is | Icelandic
|
it | Italian |
iu | Inuktitut |
ja | Japanese
|
jw | Javanese |
ka | Georgian |
kk | Kazakh
|
kl | Greenlandic |
km | Cambodian |
kn | Kannada
|
ks | Kashmiri |
ko | Korean |
ku | Kurdish
|
ky | Kirghiz |
la | Latin |
ln | Lingala
|
lt | Lithuanian |
lo | Laothian |
lv | Latvian, Lettish
|
mg | Malagasy |
mi | Maori |
mk | Macedonian
|
ml | Malayalam |
mn | Mongolian |
mo | Moldavian
|
mr | Marathi |
ms | Malay |
mt | Maltese
|
my | Burmese |
na | Nauru |
ne | Nepali
|
nl | Dutch |
no | Norwegian |
oc | Occitan
|
om | (Afan) Oromo |
or | Oriya |
pa | Punjabi
|
pl | Polish |
ps | Pashto, Pushto |
pt | Portuguese
|
qu | Quechua |
rm | Rhaeto-Romance |
rn | Kirundi
|
ro | Romanian |
ru | Russian |
rw | Kinyarwanda
|
sa | Sanskrit |
sd | Sindhi |
sg | Sangro
|
sh | Serbo-Croatian |
si | Sinhalese |
sk | Slovak
|
sl | Slovenian |
sm | Samoan |
sn | Shona
|
so | Somali |
sq | Albanian |
sr | Serbian
|
ss | Siswati |
st | Sesotho |
su | Sundanese
|
sv | Swedish |
sw | Swahili |
ta | Tamil
|
te | Telugu |
tg | Tajik |
th | Thai
|
ti | Tigrinya |
tk | Turkmen |
tl | Tagalog
|
tn | Setswana |
to | Tonga |
tr | Turkish
|
ts | Tsonga |
tt | Tatar |
tw | Twi
|
ug | Uighur |
uk | Ukrainian |
ur | Urdu
|
uz | Uzbek |
vi | Vietnamese |
vo | Volapuk
|
wo | Wolof |
xh | Xhosa |
yi | Yiddish
|
yo | Yoruba |
za | Zhuang |
zh | Chinese
|
zu | Zulu
|
@documentencoding enc
: Set Input EncodingThe @documentencoding
command declares the input document
encoding. Write it on a line by itself, with a valid encoding
specification following, such as ISO-8859-1
.
At present, this is used only in HTML output from makeinfo
. If a
document encoding enc is specified, it is used in the
<meta>
tag is included in the <head>
of the output:
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=enc">
Texinfo provides several ways to define new commands:
Incidentally, these macros have nothing to do with the @defmac
command, which is for documenting macros in the subject of the manual
(see Def Cmd Template).
@alias
is a convenient way to define a new name for an existing
command.
@definfoenclose
allows you to define new commands with
customized output in the Info file.
You use the Texinfo @macro
command to define a macro, like this:
@macro macroname{param1, param2, ...} text ... \param1\ ... @end macro
The parameters param1, param2, ... correspond to arguments supplied when the macro is subsequently used in the document (described in the next section).
For a macro to work with TeX, macroname must consist entirely of letters: no digits, hyphens, underscores, or other special characters.
If a macro needs no parameters, you can define it either with an empty
list (@macro foo {}
) or with no braces at all (@macro
foo
).
The definition or body of the macro can contain most Texinfo
commands, including previously-defined macros. Not-yet-defined macro
invocations are not allowed; thus, it is not possible to have mutually
recursive Texinfo macros. Also, a macro definition that defines another
macro does not work in TeX due to limitations in the design of
@macro
.
In the macro body, instances of a parameter name surrounded by
backslashes, as in \param1\
in the example above, are
replaced by the corresponding argument from the macro invocation. You
can use parameter names any number of times in the body, including zero.
To get a single \
in the macro expansion, use \\
. Any
other use of \
in the body yields a warning.
The newlines after the @macro
line and before the @end
macro
line are ignored, that is, not included in the macro body. All
other whitespace is treated according to the usual Texinfo rules.
To allow a macro to be used recursively, that is, in an argument to a
call to itself, you must define it with @rmacro
, like this:
@rmacro rmac a\arg\b @end rmacro ... @rmac{1@rmac{text}2}
This produces the output `a1atextb2b'. With @macro
instead of
@rmacro
, an error message is given.
You can undefine a macro foo with @unmacro foo
.
It is not an error to undefine a macro that is already undefined.
For example:
@unmacro foo
After a macro is defined (see the previous section), you can use (invoke) it in your document like this:
@macroname {arg1, arg2, ...}
and the result will be just as if you typed the body of macroname at that spot. For example:
@macro foo {p, q} Together: \p\ & \q\. @end macro @foo{a, b}
produces:
Together: a & b.
Thus, the arguments and parameters are separated by commas and delimited by braces; any whitespace after (but not before) a comma is ignored. The braces are required in the invocation (but not the definition), even when the macro takes no arguments, consistent with all other Texinfo commands. For example:
@macro argless {} No arguments here. @end macro @argless{}
produces:
No arguments here.
To insert a comma, brace, or backslash in an argument, prepend a backslash, as in
@macname {\\\{\}\,}
which will pass the (almost certainly error-producing) argument
\{},
to macname.
If the macro is defined to take a single argument, and is invoked without any braces, the entire rest of the line after the macro name is supplied as the argument. For example:
@macro bar {p} Twice: \p\ & \p\. @end macro @bar aah
produces:
Twice: aah & aah.
If the macro is defined to take a single argument, and is invoked with braces, the braced text is passed as the argument, regardless of commas. For example:
@macro bar {p} Twice: \p\ & \p\. @end macro @bar{a,b}
produces:
Twice: a,b & a,b.
Due to unavoidable disparities in the TeX and makeinfo
implementations, Texinfo macros have the following limitations.
@ifinfo @macro ctor {name, arg} @macro \name\ something involving \arg\ somehow @end macro @end macro @end ifinfo @tex \gdef\ctor#1{\ctorx#1,} \gdef\ctorx#1,#2,{\def#1{something involving #2 somehow}} @end tex
@alias new=existing
The @alias
command defines a new command to be just like an
existing one. This is useful for defining additional markup names, thus
preserving semantic information in the input even though the output
result may be the same.
Write the @alias
command on a line by itself, followed by the
new command name, an equals sign, and the existing command name.
Whitespace around the equals sign is ignored. Thus:
@alias new = existing
For example, if your document contains citations for both books and
some other media (movies, for example), you might like to define a
macro @moviecite{}
that does the same thing as an ordinary
@cite{}
but conveys the extra semantic information as well.
You'd do this as follows:
@alias moviecite = cite
Macros do not always have the same effect due to vagaries of argument parsing. Also, aliases are much simpler to define than macros. So the command is not redundant. (It was also heavily used in the Jargon File!)
Aliases must not be recursive, directly or indirectly.
definfoenclose
: Customized HighlightingA @definfoenclose
command may be used to define a highlighting
command for Info, but not for TeX. A command defined using
@definfoenclose
marks text by enclosing it in strings that
precede and follow the text. You can use this to get closer control of
your Info output.
Presumably, if you define a command with @definfoenclose
for Info,
you will create a corresponding command for TeX, either in
texinfo.tex
, texinfo.cnf
, or within an @iftex
in
your document.
Write a @definfoenclose
command on a line and follow it with
three arguments separated by commas. The first argument to
@definfoenclose
is the @-command name (without the @
);
the second argument is the Info start delimiter string; and the third
argument is the Info end delimiter string. The latter two arguments
enclose the highlighted text in the Info file. A delimiter string may
contain spaces. Neither the start nor end delimiter is required. If
you do not want a start delimiter but do want an end delimiter, you must
follow the command name with two commas in a row; otherwise, the Info
formatting commands will naturally misinterpret the end delimiter string
you intended as the start delimiter string.
If you do a @definfoenclose
on the name of a pre-defined macro
(such as @emph
, @strong
, @t
, or @i
), the
enclosure definition will override the built-in definition.
An enclosure command defined this way takes one argument in braces; this is intended for new markup commands (see Marking Text).
For example, you can write:
@definfoenclose phoo,//,\\
near the beginning of a Texinfo file to define @phoo
as an Info
formatting command that inserts `//' before and `\\' after the argument
to @phoo
. You can then write @phoo{bar}
wherever you
want `//bar\\' highlighted in Info.
Also, for TeX formatting, you could write
@iftex @global@let@phoo=@i @end iftex
to define @phoo
as a command that causes TeX to typeset the
argument to @phoo
in italics.
Note that each definition applies to its own formatter: one for TeX,
the other for texinfo-format-buffer
or
texinfo-format-region
. The @definfoenclose
command need
not be within @ifinfo
, but the raw TeX commands do need to be
in @iftex
.
Here is another example: write
@definfoenclose headword, , :
near the beginning of the file, to define @headword
as an Info
formatting command that inserts nothing before and a colon after the
argument to @headword
.
@definfoenclose
definitions must not be recursive, directly or
indirectly.
There are three major shell commands for making a printed manual from a Texinfo file: one for converting the Texinfo file into a file that will be printed, a second for sorting indices, and a third for printing the formatted document. When you use the shell commands, you can either work directly in the operating system shell or work within a shell inside GNU Emacs.
If you are using GNU Emacs, you can use commands provided by Texinfo mode instead of shell commands. In addition to the three commands to format a file, sort the indices, and print the result, Texinfo mode offers key bindings for commands to recenter the output buffer, show the print queue, and delete a job from the print queue.
The typesetting program called TeX is used for formatting a Texinfo file. TeX is a very powerful typesetting program and, if used correctly, does an exceptionally good job. (See How to Obtain TeX, for information on how to obtain TeX.)
The makeinfo
, texinfo-format-region
, and
texinfo-format-buffer
commands read the very same @-commands
in the Texinfo file as does TeX, but process them differently to
make an Info file (see Creating an Info File).
tex
and texindex
Format the Texinfo file with the shell command tex
followed by
the name of the Texinfo file. For example:
tex foo.texi
TeX will produce a DVI file as well as several auxiliary files containing information for indices, cross references, etc. The DVI file (for DeVice Independent file) can be printed on virtually any device (see the following sections).
The tex
formatting command itself does not sort the indices; it
writes an output file of unsorted index data. (The texi2dvi
command automatically generates indices; see Format with texi2dvi
.) To generate a printed index after
running the tex
command, you first need a sorted index to work
from. The texindex
command sorts indices. (The source file
texindex.c
comes as part of the standard Texinfo distribution,
among other places.)
The tex
formatting command outputs unsorted index files under
names that obey a standard convention: the name of your main input file
with any .tex
(or similar, see tex invocation) extension removed, followed by the two letter names of indices.
For example, the raw index output files for the input file
foo.texinfo
would be foo.cp
, foo.vr
, foo.fn
,
foo.tp
, foo.pg
and foo.ky
. Those are exactly the
arguments to give to texindex
.
Instead of specifying all the unsorted index file names explicitly, you
can use ??
as shell wildcards and give the command in this
form:
texindex foo.??
This command will run texindex
on all the unsorted index files,
including any that you have defined yourself using @defindex
or @defcodeindex
. (You may execute texindex foo.??
even if there are similarly named files with two letter extensions
that are not index files, such as foo.el
. The texindex
command reports but otherwise ignores such files.)
For each file specified, texindex
generates a sorted index file
whose name is made by appending s
to the input file name. The
@printindex
command looks for a file with that name
(see Printing Indices & Menus). texindex
does not alter the
raw index output file.
After you have sorted the indices, you need to rerun the tex
formatting command on the Texinfo file. This regenerates the DVI file,
this time with up-to-date index entries.
Finally, you may need to run tex
one more time, to get the page
numbers in the cross-references correct.
To summarize, this is a five step process:
tex
on your Texinfo file. This generates a DVI file (with
undefined cross-references and no indices), and the raw index files
(with two letter extensions).
texindex
on the raw index files. This creates the
corresponding sorted index files (with three letter extensions).
tex
again on your Texinfo file. This regenerates the DVI
file, this time with indices and defined cross-references, but with page
numbers for the cross-references from last time, generally incorrect.
texindex
.
tex
one last time. This time the correct page numbers are
written for the cross-references.
Alternatively, it's a one-step process: run texi2dvi
(see Format with texi2dvi).
You need not run texindex
each time after you run tex
. If
you do not, on the next run, the tex
formatting command will use
whatever sorted index files happen to exist from the previous use of
texindex
. This is usually ok while you are debugging.
Sometimes you may wish to print a document while you know it is
incomplete, or to print just one chapter of a document. In that case,
the usual auxiliary files that TeX creates and warnings TeX gives
when cross-references are not satisfied are just nuisances. You can
avoid them with the @novalidate
command, which you must give
before the @setfilename
command
(see @setfilename
). Thus, the beginning of
your file would look approximately like this:
\input texinfo @novalidate @setfilename myfile.info ...
@novalidate
also turns off validation in
makeinfo
, just like its --no-validate
option
(see Pointer Validation).
texi2dvi
The texi2dvi
command automatically runs both tex
and
texindex
as many times as necessary to produce a DVI file with
sorted indices and all cross-references resolved. It simplifies the
tex
--texindex
--tex
--tex
sequence
described in the previous section.
To run texi2dvi
on an input file foo.texi
, do this (where
prompt$
is your shell prompt):
prompt$ texi2dvi foo.texi
As shown in this example, the input filenames to texi2dvi
must
include any extension (.texi
, .texinfo
, etc.). Under
MS-DOS and perhaps in other circumstances, you may need to run sh
texi2dvi foo.texi
instead of relying on the operating system to invoke
the shell on the texi2dvi
script.
Perhaps the most useful option to texi2dvi
is
--texinfo=cmd
. This inserts cmd on a line by itself
after the @setfilename
in a temporary copy of the input file
before running TeX. With this, you can specify different printing
formats, such as @smallbook
(see smallbook),
@afourpaper
(see A4 Paper), or @pageparams
(see pagesizes), without actually changing the document source.
(You can also do this on a site-wide basis with texinfo.cnf
;
see Preparing for TeX).
For a list of other options, run texi2dvi --help
.
lpr -d
The precise command to print a DVI file depends on your system
installation, but lpr -d
is common. The command may require the
DVI file name without any extension or with a .dvi
extension. (If it is lpr
, you must include the .dvi
.)
For example, the following commands, will (perhaps) suffice to sort the indices, format, and print the Bison Manual:
tex bison.texinfo texindex bison.?? tex bison.texinfo lpr -d bison.dvi
(Remember that the shell commands may be different at your site; but these are commonly used versions.)
Using the texi2dvi
shell script, you simply need type:
texi2dvi bison.texinfo lpr -d bison.dvi
lpr
is a standard program on Unix systems, but it is usually
absent on MS-DOS/MS-Windows. Some network packages come with a
program named lpr
, but these are usually limited to sending files
to a print server over the network, and generally don't support the
-d
option. If you are unfortunate enough to work on one of these
systems, you have several alternative ways of printing DVI files:
lpr
program, or its clone.
If you can do that, you will be able to print DVI files just like
described above.
lpr
which comes with your
network software will have a special option to send a file to specific
queues, like this:
lpr -Qdvi -hprint.server.domain bison.dvi
dvilj
, for detailed description of these tools. Once
the DVI file is converted to the format your local printer understands
directly, just send it to the appropriate port, usually PRN
.
You can give formatting and printing commands from a shell within GNU Emacs. To create a shell within Emacs, type M-x shell. In this shell, you can format and print the document. See Format and Print Hardcopy, for details.
You can switch to and from the shell buffer while tex
is
running and do other editing. If you are formatting a long document
on a slow machine, this can be very convenient.
You can also use texi2dvi
from an Emacs shell. For example,
here is how to use texi2dvi
to format and print Using and
Porting GNU CC from a shell within Emacs:
texi2dvi gcc.texinfo lpr -d gcc.dvi
Texinfo mode provides several predefined key commands for TeX formatting and printing. These include commands for sorting indices, looking at the printer queue, killing the formatting job, and recentering the display of the buffer in which the operations occur.
texi2dvi
on the current buffer.
texinfo-tex-region
.
texinfo-tex-region
or
texinfo-tex-buffer
.
texinfo-show-tex-print-queue
).
texinfo-tex-region
or texinfo-tex-buffer
, or any other
process running in the Texinfo shell buffer.
.log
file.
Thus, the usual sequence of commands for formatting a buffer is as follows (with comments to the right):
C-c C-t C-b Run texi2dvi
on the buffer.
C-c C-t C-p Print the DVI file.
C-c C-t C-q Display the printer queue.
The Texinfo mode TeX formatting commands start a subshell in Emacs
called the *tex-shell*
. The texinfo-tex-command
,
texinfo-texindex-command
, and tex-dvi-print-command
commands are all run in this shell.
You can watch the commands operate in the *tex-shell*
buffer,
and you can switch to and from and use the *tex-shell*
buffer
as you would any other shell buffer.
The formatting and print commands depend on the values of several variables. The default values are:
Variable Default value texinfo-texi2dvi-command "texi2dvi" texinfo-tex-command "tex" texinfo-texindex-command "texindex" texinfo-delete-from-print-queue-command "lprm" texinfo-tex-trailer "@bye" tex-start-of-header "%**start" tex-end-of-header "%**end" tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" tex-show-queue-command "lpq"
You can change the values of these variables with the M-x
edit-options command (see Edit Options), with the M-x set-variable command
(see Examining), or with your .emacs
initialization file
(see Init File).
Beginning with version 20, GNU Emacs offers a user-friendly interface,
called Customize, for changing values of user-definable variables.
See Easy Customization, for more details about this. The Texinfo variables can
be found in the Development/Docs/Texinfo
group, once you invoke
the M-x customize command.
Yet another way to apply the TeX formatting command to a Texinfo file
is to put that command in a local variables list at the end of the
Texinfo file. You can then specify the tex
or texi2dvi
commands as a compile-command
and have Emacs run it by typing
M-x compile. This creates a special shell called the
*compilation*
buffer in which Emacs runs the compile command.
For example, at the end of the gdb.texinfo
file, after the
@bye
, you could put the following:
Local Variables: compile-command: "texi2dvi gdb.texinfo" End:
This technique is most often used by programmers who also compile programs this way; see Compilation.
Every Texinfo file that is to be input to TeX must begin with a
\input
command and must contain an @setfilename
command:
\input texinfo @setfilename arg-not-used-by-TeX
The first command instructs TeX to load the macros it needs to process a Texinfo file and the second command opens auxiliary files.
Every Texinfo file must end with a line that terminates TeX's processing and forces out unfinished pages:
@bye
Strictly speaking, these lines are all a Texinfo file needs to be processed successfully by TeX.
Usually, however, the beginning includes an @settitle
command to
define the title of the printed manual, an @setchapternewpage
command, a title page, a copyright page, and permissions. Besides an
@bye
, the end of a file usually includes indices and a table of
contents. (And of course most manuals contain a body of text as well.)
For more information, see:
@settitle
@setchapternewpage
TeX needs to know where to find the texinfo.tex
file that you
have told it to input with the \input texinfo
command at the
beginning of the first line. The texinfo.tex
file tells TeX
how to handle @-commands; it is included in all standard GNU
distributions.
Usually, the texinfo.tex
file is put under the default directory
that contains TeX macros
(/usr/local/share/texmf/tex/texinfo/texinfo.tex
by default) when
GNU Emacs or other GNU software is installed. In this case, TeX will
find the file and you do not need to do anything special.
Alternatively, you can put texinfo.tex
in the current directory
when you run TeX, and TeX will find it there.
Also, you should install epsf.tex
in the same place as
texinfo.tex
, if it is not already installed from another
distribution. This file is needed to support the @image
command
(see Images).
Optionally, you may create an additional texinfo.cnf
, and install
it as well. This file is read by TeX when the @setfilename
command is executed (see @setfilename
). You can put any
commands you like there, according to local site-wide conventions. They
will be read by TeX when processing any Texinfo document. For
example, if texinfo.cnf
contains the line @afourpaper
(see A4 Paper), then all Texinfo documents will be processed with
that page size in effect. If you have nothing to put in
texinfo.cnf
, you do not need to create it.
If neither of the above locations for these system files suffice for
you, you can specify the directories explicitly. For
texinfo.tex
, you can do this by writing the complete path for the
file after the \input
command. Another way, that works for both
texinfo.tex
and texinfo.cnf
(and any other file TeX
might read), is to set the TEXINPUTS
environment variable in your
.cshrc
or .profile
file.
Which you use of .cshrc
or .profile
depends on
whether you use a Bourne shell-compatible (sh
, bash
,
ksh
, ...) or C shell-compatible (csh
, tcsh
)
command interpreter. The latter read the .cshrc
file for
initialization information, and the former read .profile
.
In a .cshrc
file, you could use the following csh
command
sequence:
setenv TEXINPUTS .:/home/me/mylib:/usr/lib/tex/macros
In a .profile
file, you could use the following sh
command
sequence:
TEXINPUTS=.:/home/me/mylib:/usr/lib/tex/macros export TEXINPUTS
On MS-DOS/MS-Windows, you would say it like this10:
set TEXINPUTS=.;d:/home/me/mylib;c:/usr/lib/tex/macros
It is customary for DOS/Windows users to put such commands in the
autoexec.bat
file, or in the Windows Registry.
These settings would cause TeX to look for \input
file first
in the current directory, indicated by the .
, then in a
hypothetical user's me/mylib
directory, and finally in a system
directory /usr/lib/tex/macros
.
Finally, you may wish to dump a .fmt
file (see Memory dumps) so that TeX can load Texinfo faster. (The
disadvantage is that then updating texinfo.tex
requires
redumping.) You can do this by running this command, assuming
epsf.tex
is findable by TeX:
initex texinfo @dump
(@dump
is a TeX primitive.) You'll then need to move
texinfo.fmt
to wherever your .fmt
files are found;
typically this will be in the subdirectory web2c
of your TeX
installation, for example, /usr/local/share/tex/web2c
.
TeX is sometimes unable to typeset a line without extending it into the right margin. This can occur when TeX comes upon what it interprets as a long word that it cannot hyphenate, such as an electronic mail network address or a very long title. When this happens, TeX prints an error message like this:
Overfull @hbox (20.76302pt too wide)
(In TeX, lines are in "horizontal boxes", hence the term, "hbox".
@hbox
is a TeX primitive not needed in the Texinfo language.)
TeX also provides the line number in the Texinfo source file and the text of the offending line, which is marked at all the places that TeX considered hyphenation. See Catching Errors with TeX Formatting, for more information about typesetting errors.
If the Texinfo file has an overfull hbox, you can rewrite the sentence so the overfull hbox does not occur, or you can decide to leave it. A small excursion into the right margin often does not matter and may not even be noticeable.
If you have many overfull boxes and/or an antipathy to rewriting, you can coerce TeX into greatly increasing the allowable interword spacing, thus (if you're lucky) avoiding many of the bad line breaks, like this:
@tex \global\emergencystretch = .9\hsize @end tex
(You can adjust the fraction as needed.) This huge value for
\emergencystretch
cannot be the default, since then the typeset
output would generally be of noticeably lower quality. The default
value is .15\hsize
. \hsize
is the TeX dimension
containing the current line width.
For what overfull boxes you have, however, TeX will print a large, ugly, black rectangle beside the line that contains the overfull hbox unless told otherwise. This is so you will notice the location of the problem if you are correcting a draft.
To prevent such a monstrosity from marring your final printout, write
the following in the beginning of the Texinfo file on a line of its own,
before the @titlepage
command:
@finalout
By default, TeX typesets pages for printing in an 8.5 by 11 inch format. However, you can direct TeX to typeset a document in a 7 by 9.25 inch format that is suitable for bound books by inserting the following command on a line by itself at the beginning of the Texinfo file, before the title page:
@smallbook
(Since many books are about 7 by 9.25 inches, this command might better
have been called the @regularbooksize
command, but it came to be
called the @smallbook
command by comparison to the 8.5 by 11 inch format.)
If you write the @smallbook
command between the
start-of-header and end-of-header lines, the Texinfo mode TeX
region formatting command, texinfo-tex-region
, will format the
region in "small" book size (see Start of Header).
See small, for information about commands that make it easier to produce examples for a smaller manual.
See Format with texi2dvi, and Preparing for TeX, for other ways to format with @smallbook
that do not
require changing the source file.
You can tell TeX to format a document for printing on European size
A4 paper with the @afourpaper
command. Write the command on a
line by itself near the beginning of the Texinfo file, before the title
page. For example, this is how you would write the header for this
manual:
\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*- @c %**start of header @setfilename texinfo @settitle Texinfo @afourpaper @c %**end of header
See Format with texi2dvi, and Preparing for TeX, for other ways to format with @afourpaper
that do not
require changing the source file.
You may or may not prefer the formatting that results from the command
@afourlatex
. There's also @afourwide
for A4 paper in
wide format.
@pagesizes
[width][, height]: Custom page sizesYou can explicitly specify the height and (optionally) width of the main
text area on the page with the @pagesizes
command. Write this
on a line by itself near the beginning of the Texinfo file, before the
title page. The height comes first, then the width if desired,
separated by a comma. Examples:
@pagesizes 200mm,150mmand
@pagesizes 11.5in
This would be reasonable for printing on B5-size paper. To emphasize, this command specifies the size of the text area, not the size of the paper (which is 250mm by 177mm for B5, 14in by 8.5in for legal).
To make more elaborate changes, such as changing any of the page
margins, you must define a new command in texinfo.tex
(or
texinfo.cnf
, see Preparing for TeX).
See Format with texi2dvi, and Preparing for TeX, for other ways to specify @pagesizes
that do not
require changing the source file.
@pagesizes
is ignored by makeinfo
.
You can (attempt to) direct TeX to print cropmarks at the corners of
pages with the @cropmarks
command. Write the @cropmarks
command on a line by itself between @iftex
and @end
iftex
lines near the beginning of the Texinfo file, before the title
page, like this:
@iftex @cropmarks @end iftex
This command is mainly for printers that typeset several pages on one
sheet of film; but you can attempt to use it to mark the corners of a
book set to 7 by 9.25 inches with the @smallbook
command.
(Printers will not produce cropmarks for regular sized output that is
printed on regular sized paper.) Since different printing machines work
in different ways, you should explore the use of this command with a
spirit of adventure. You may have to redefine the command in
texinfo.tex
.
You can attempt to direct TeX to typeset pages larger or smaller than
usual with the \mag
TeX command. Everything that is typeset
is scaled proportionally larger or smaller. (\mag
stands for
"magnification".) This is not a Texinfo @-command, but is a
plain TeX command that is prefixed with a backslash. You have to
write this command between @tex
and @end tex
(see Raw Formatter Commands).
Follow the \mag
command with an =
and then a number that
is 1000 times the magnification you desire. For example, to print pages
at 1.2 normal size, write the following near the beginning of the
Texinfo file, before the title page:
@tex \mag=1200 @end tex
With some printing technologies, you can print normal-sized copies that look better than usual by giving a larger-than-normal master to your print shop. They do the reduction, thus effectively increasing the resolution.
Depending on your system, DVI files prepared with a
nonstandard-\mag
may not print or may print only with certain
magnifications. Be prepared to experiment.
You can generate a PDF output file from Texinfo source by using the
pdftex
program to process your file instead of plain
tex
. Just run pdftex foo.texi
instead of tex
foo.texi
, or give the --pdf
option to texi2dvi
.
PDF stands for Portable Document Format, and was invented by Adobe
Systems. The
file format definition is freely available, as is a
free viewer for the X window
system. Since PDF is a binary format, there is no @ifpdf
or
@pdf
command by analogy with the other output formats.
Despite the `portable' in the name, PDF files are nowhere near as portable in practice as the plain ASCII formats (Info, HTML) Texinfo also supports (portability relative to DVI is arguable). They also tend to be much larger and do not support the bitmap fonts used by TeX (by default) very well. Nevertheless, a PDF file does preserve an actual printed document on a screen as faithfully as possible, unlike HTML, say, so have their place.
PDF support in Texinfo is fairly rudimentary.
This chapter describes how to create and install info files. See Info Files, for general information about the file format itself.
makeinfo
is a program that converts a Texinfo file into an Info
file, HTML file, or plain text. texinfo-format-region
and
texinfo-format-buffer
are GNU Emacs functions that convert
Texinfo to Info.
For information on installing the Info file in the Info system, see Install an Info File.
makeinfo
provides better error checking.
makeinfo
from a shell.
makeinfo
from Emacs.
makeinfo
.
makeinfo
PreferredThe makeinfo
utility creates an Info file from a Texinfo source
file more quickly than either of the Emacs formatting commands and
provides better error messages. We recommend it. makeinfo
is a
C program that is independent of Emacs. You do not need to run Emacs to
use makeinfo
, which means you can use makeinfo
on machines
that are too small to run Emacs. You can run makeinfo
in any one
of three ways: from an operating system shell, from a shell inside
Emacs, or by typing the C-c C-m C-r or the C-c C-m C-b
command in Texinfo mode in Emacs.
The texinfo-format-region
and the texinfo-format-buffer
commands are useful if you cannot run makeinfo
. Also, in some
circumstances, they format short regions or buffers more quickly than
makeinfo
.
makeinfo
from a ShellTo create an Info file from a Texinfo file, type makeinfo
followed by the name of the Texinfo file. Thus, to create the Info
file for Bison, type the following to the shell:
makeinfo bison.texinfo
(You can run a shell inside Emacs by typing M-x shell.)
makeinfo
The makeinfo
command takes a number of options. Most often,
options are used to set the value of the fill column and specify the
footnote style. Each command line option is a word preceded by
--
or a letter preceded by -
. You can use abbreviations
for the long option names as long as they are unique.
For example, you could use the following shell command to create an Info
file for bison.texinfo
in which each line is filled to only 68
columns:
makeinfo --fill-column=68 bison.texinfo
You can write two or more options in sequence, like this:
makeinfo --no-split --fill-column=70 ...
This would keep the Info file together as one possibly very long file and would also set the fill column to 70.
The options are:
-D var
@set var
in the Texinfo file (see set clear value).
--commands-in-node-names
@
-commands in node names. This is not recommended, as it
can probably never be implemented in TeX. It also makes
makeinfo
much slower. Also, this option is ignored when
--no-validate
is used. See Pointer Validation, for more
details.
--error-limit=limit
-e limit
makeinfo
will report
before exiting (on the assumption that continuing would be useless);
default 100.
--fill-column=width
-f width
--html
.
--footnote-style=style
-s style
end
for the end
node style (the default) or separate
for the separate node style.
The value set by this option overrides the value set in a Texinfo file
by an @footnotestyle
command (see Footnotes). When the
footnote style is separate
, makeinfo
makes a new node
containing the footnotes found in the current node. When the footnote
style is end
, makeinfo
places the footnote references at
the end of the current node. Ignored with --html
.
--force
-F
--help
-h
--html
-I dir
@include
command. By default,
makeinfo
searches only the current directory. If dir is
not given, the current directory .
is appended. Note that
dir can actually be a list of several directories separated by the
usual path separator character (:
on Unix, ;
on
MS-DOS/MS-Windows).
--macro-expand=file
-E file
makeinfo
and then discarded. This option is used by
texi2dvi
if you are using an old version of texinfo.tex
that does not support @macro
.
--no-headers
--output
is specified). This
results in an ASCII file that you cannot read in Info since it does
not contain the requisite nodes or menus. It is primarily useful to
extract certain pieces of a manual into separate files to be included in
a distribution, such as INSTALL
files.
For HTML output, if --no-split
is also specified, do not include a
navigation links at the top of each node. See makeinfo html.
--no-split
makeinfo
. By default, large
output files (where the size is greater than 70k bytes) are split into
smaller subfiles. For Info output, each one is approximately 50k bytes.
For HTML output, each file contains one node (see makeinfo html).
--no-pointer-validate
--no-validate
makeinfo
. This can also
be done with the @novalidate
command (see Use TeX). Normally, after a Texinfo file is processed, some consistency
checks are made to ensure that cross references can be resolved, etc.
See Pointer Validation.
--no-warn
--number-sections
--no-number-footnotes
makeinfo
numbers each footnote sequentially in a single node, resetting the
current footnote number to 1 at the start of each node.
--output=file
-o file
@setfilename
command found in the
Texinfo source (see setfilename). If file is -
, output
goes to standard output and --no-split
is implied. For split
HTML output, file is the name of the output file for the top node
(see makeinfo html).
-P dir
@include
.
If dir is not given, the current directory .
is prepended.
See -I
for more details.
--paragraph-indent=indent
-p indent
@paragraphindent
command (see paragraphindent). The value
of indent is interpreted as follows:
asis
0
or none
--reference-limit=limit
-r limit
makeinfo
will make without reporting a warning. If a node has more
than this number of references in it, makeinfo
will make the
references but also report a warning. The default is 1000.
-U var
@clear var
in the Texinfo file (see set clear value).
--verbose
makeinfo
to display messages saying what it is doing.
Normally, makeinfo
only outputs messages if there are errors or
warnings.
--version
-V
If you do not suppress pointer validation with the --no-validate
option or the @novalidate
command in the source file (see Use TeX), makeinfo
will check the validity of the final
Info file. Mostly, this means ensuring that nodes you have referenced
really exist. Here is a complete list of what is checked:
(dir)
, then the referenced node must exist.
Some Texinfo documents might fail during the validation phase because
they use commands like @value
and @definfoenclose
in
node definitions and cross-references inconsistently. Consider the
following example:
@set nodename Node 1 @node @value{nodename}, Node 2, Top, Top This is node 1. @node Node 2, , Node 1, Top This is node 2.
Here, the node "Node 1" was referenced both verbatim and through
@value
.
By default, makeinfo
fails such cases, because node names are not
fully expanded until they are written to the output file. You should
always try to reference nodes consistently; e.g., in the above example,
the second @node
line should have also used @value
.
However, if, for some reason, you must reference node names
inconsistently, and makeinfo
fails to validate the file, you can
use the --commands-in-node-names
option to force makeinfo
to perform the expensive expansion of all node names it finds in the
document. This might considerably slow down the program, though;
twofold increase in conversion time was measured for large documents
such as the Jargon file.
The support for @
-commands in @node
directives is not
general enough to be freely used. For example, if the example above
redefined nodename
somewhere in the document, makeinfo
will fail to convert it, even if invoked with the
--commands-in-node-names
option.
--commands-in-node-names
has no effect if the --no-validate
option is given.
makeinfo
inside EmacsYou can run makeinfo
in GNU Emacs Texinfo mode by using either the
makeinfo-region
or the makeinfo-buffer
commands. In
Texinfo mode, the commands are bound to C-c C-m C-r and C-c
C-m C-b by default.
When you invoke either makeinfo-region
or
makeinfo-buffer
, Emacs prompts for a file name, offering the
name of the visited file as the default. You can edit the default
file name in the minibuffer if you wish, before pressing <RET> to
start the makeinfo
process.
The Emacs makeinfo-region
and makeinfo-buffer
commands
run the makeinfo
program in a temporary shell buffer. If
makeinfo
finds any errors, Emacs displays the error messages in
the temporary buffer.
You can parse the error messages by typing C-x `
(next-error
). This causes Emacs to go to and position the
cursor on the line in the Texinfo source that makeinfo
thinks
caused the error. See Compilation, for more
information about using the next-error
command.
In addition, you can kill the shell in which the makeinfo
command is running or make the shell buffer display its most recent
output.
makeinfo
job
(from makeinfo-region
or makeinfo-buffer
).
makeinfo
shell buffer to display its most recent
output.
(Note that the parallel commands for killing and recentering a TeX job are C-c C-t C-k and C-c C-t C-l. See Texinfo Mode Printing.)
You can specify options for makeinfo
by setting the
makeinfo-options
variable with either the M-x
edit-options or the M-x set-variable command, or by setting the
variable in your .emacs
initialization file.
For example, you could write the following in your .emacs
file:
(setq makeinfo-options "--paragraph-indent=0 --no-split --fill-column=70 --verbose")
texinfo-format...
CommandsIn GNU Emacs in Texinfo mode, you can format part or all of a Texinfo
file with the texinfo-format-region
command. This formats the
current region and displays the formatted text in a temporary buffer
called *Info Region*
.
Similarly, you can format a buffer with the
texinfo-format-buffer
command. This command creates a new
buffer and generates the Info file in it. Typing C-x C-s will
save the Info file under the name specified by the
@setfilename
line which must be near the beginning of the
Texinfo file.
texinfo-format-region
texinfo-format-buffer
The texinfo-format-region
and texinfo-format-buffer
commands provide you with some error checking, and other functions can
provide you with further help in finding formatting errors. These
procedures are described in an appendix; see Catching Mistakes.
However, the makeinfo
program is often faster and
provides better error checking (see makeinfo in Emacs).
You can format Texinfo files for Info using batch-texinfo-format
and Emacs Batch mode. You can run Emacs in Batch mode from any shell,
including a shell inside of Emacs. (See Command Switches.)
Here is a shell command to format all the files that end in
.texinfo
in the current directory:
emacs -batch -funcall batch-texinfo-format *.texinfo
Emacs processes all the files listed on the command line, even if an error occurs while attempting to format some of them.
Run batch-texinfo-format
only with Emacs in Batch mode as shown;
it is not interactive. It kills the Batch mode Emacs on completion.
batch-texinfo-format
is convenient if you lack makeinfo
and want to format several Texinfo files at once. When you use Batch
mode, you create a new Emacs process. This frees your current Emacs, so
you can continue working in it. (When you run
texinfo-format-region
or texinfo-format-buffer
, you cannot
use that Emacs for anything else until the command finishes.)
If a Texinfo file has more than 30,000 bytes,
texinfo-format-buffer
automatically creates a tag table
for its Info file; makeinfo
always creates a tag table. With
a tag table, Info can jump to new nodes more quickly than it can
otherwise.
In addition, if the Texinfo file contains more than about 70,000
bytes, texinfo-format-buffer
and makeinfo
split the
large Info file into shorter indirect subfiles of about 50,000
bytes each. Big files are split into smaller files so that Emacs does
not need to make a large buffer to hold the whole of a large Info
file; instead, Emacs allocates just enough memory for the small, split-off
file that is needed at the time. This way, Emacs avoids wasting
memory when you run Info. (Before splitting was implemented, Info
files were always kept short and include files were designed as
a way to create a single, large printed manual out of the smaller Info
files. See Include Files, for more information. Include files are
still used for very large documents, such as The Emacs Lisp
Reference Manual, in which each chapter is a separate file.)
When a file is split, Info itself makes use of a shortened version of the original file that contains just the tag table and references to the files that were split off. The split-off files are called indirect files.
The split-off files have names that are created by appending -1
,
-2
, -3
and so on to the file name specified by the
@setfilename
command. The shortened version of the original file
continues to have the name specified by @setfilename
.
At one stage in writing this document, for example, the Info file was saved
as the file test-texinfo
and that file looked like this:
Info file: test-texinfo, -*-Text-*- produced by texinfo-format-buffer from file: new-texinfo-manual.texinfo ^_ Indirect: test-texinfo-1: 102 test-texinfo-2: 50422 test-texinfo-3: 101300 ^_^L Tag table: (Indirect) Node: overview^?104 Node: info file^?1271 Node: printed manual^?4853 Node: conventions^?6855 ...
(But test-texinfo
had far more nodes than are shown here.) Each of
the split-off, indirect files, test-texinfo-1
,
test-texinfo-2
, and test-texinfo-3
, is listed in this file
after the line that says Indirect:
. The tag table is listed after
the line that says Tag table:
.
In the list of indirect files, the number following the file name records the cumulative number of bytes in the preceding indirect files, not counting the file list itself, the tag table, or the permissions text in each file. In the tag table, the number following the node name records the location of the beginning of the node, in bytes from the beginning of the (unsplit) output.
If you are using texinfo-format-buffer
to create Info files,
you may want to run the Info-validate
command. (The
makeinfo
command does such a good job on its own, you do not
need Info-validate
.) However, you cannot run the M-x
Info-validate node-checking command on indirect files. For
information on how to prevent files from being split and how to
validate the structure of the nodes, see Using Info-validate.
As an alternative to the normal Info format output you can use the
--html
option to generate output in HTML format, for installation
on a web site (for example). In this release, HTML output from
makeinfo
is monolithic, splitting the output by chapter or node
is not supported. We hope to implement this feature soon.
The HTML output file is named according to @setfilename
, but
with any .info
extension replaced with .html
.
Texinfo input marked up with the @ifhtml
command will produce
output only with the --html
option supplied. Input marked up
with the @html
is passed literally to the output (suppressing
the normal escaping of input <
, >
and &
characters
which have special significance in HTML).
The --footnote-style
option is currently ignored for HTML output;
footnotes are hyperlinked at the end of the output file.
The HTML generated is mostly standard (i.e., HTML 2.0, RFC1866). The
exception is that HTML 3.2 tables are generated from the
@multitable
command, but tagged to degrade as well as possible
in browsers without table support. Please report output from an
error-free run of makeinfo
which violates the HTML 3.2 DTD as a
bug.
Navigation bars are inserted at the start of nodes, similarly to Info
output. The --no-headers
option will suppress this if used with
--no-split
. Header <link>
elements in split output can
support info-like navigation with browsers like Lynx and Emacs W3
which implement this HTML 1.0 feature. You still won't normally get
the multi-file regexp and index search facilities provided by Info
readers. Otherwise, hyperlinks are generated from Texinfo commands
where appropriate. @xref
commands to other documents are
generated assuming the other document is available in HTML form too, and
.html
is appended to the @xref
Info file name. This
presumably will often not work.
Info files are usually kept in the info
directory. You can read
Info files using the standalone Info program or the Info reader built
into Emacs. (see info, for an introduction to Info.)
install-info
options.
dir
For Info to work, the info
directory must contain a file that
serves as a top level directory for the Info system. By convention,
this file is called dir
. (You can find the location of this file
within Emacs by typing C-h i to enter Info and then typing
C-x C-f to see the pathname to the info
directory.)
The dir
file is itself an Info file. It contains the top level
menu for all the Info files in the system. The menu looks like
this:
* Menu: * Info: (info). Documentation browsing system. * Emacs: (emacs). The extensible, self-documenting text editor. * Texinfo: (texinfo). With one source file, make either a printed manual using TeX or an Info file. ...
Each of these menu entries points to the `Top' node of the Info file that is named in parentheses. (The menu entry does not need to specify the `Top' node, since Info goes to the `Top' node if no node name is mentioned. See Nodes in Other Info Files.)
Thus, the Info
entry points to the `Top' node of the
info
file and the Emacs
entry points to the `Top' node
of the emacs
file.
In each of the Info files, the `Up' pointer of the `Top' node refers
back to the dir
file. For example, the line for the `Top'
node of the Emacs manual looks like this in Info:
File: emacs Node: Top, Up: (DIR), Next: Distrib
In this case, the dir
file name is written in upper case
letters--it can be written in either upper or lower case. This is not
true in general, it is a special case for dir
.
To add a new Info file to your system, you must write a menu entry to
add to the menu in the dir
file in the info
directory.
For example, if you were adding documentation for GDB, you would write
the following new entry:
* GDB: (gdb). The source-level C debugger.
The first part of the menu entry is the menu entry name, followed by a colon. The second part is the name of the Info file, in parentheses, followed by a period. The third part is the description.
The name of an Info file often has a .info
extension. Thus, the
Info file for GDB might be called either gdb
or gdb.info
.
The Info reader programs automatically try the file name both with and
without .info
11; so it is better to avoid
clutter and not to write .info
explicitly in the menu entry. For
example, the GDB menu entry should use just gdb
for the file
name, not gdb.info
.
If an Info file is not in the info
directory, there are three
ways to specify its location:
dir
file as the second part of the menu.
dir
file, in its directory; and then add the name of that directory to the
Info-directory-list
variable in your personal or site
initialization file.
This variable tells Emacs where to look for dir
files (the files
must be named dir
). Emacs merges the files named dir
from
each of the listed directories. (In Emacs version 18, you can set the
Info-directory
variable to the name of only one
directory.)
INFOPATH
environment
variable in your .profile
or .cshrc
initialization file.
(Only you and others who set this environment variable will be able to
find Info files whose location is specified this way.)
For example, to reach a test file in the /home/bob/info
directory, you could add an entry like this to the menu in the
standard dir
file:
* Test: (/home/bob/info/info-test). Bob's own test file.
In this case, the absolute file name of the info-test
file is
written as the second part of the menu entry.
Alternatively, you could write the following in your .emacs
file:
(require 'info) (setq Info-directory-list (cons (expand-file-name "/home/bob/info") Info-directory-list))
This tells Emacs to merge the dir
file from the
/home/bob/info
directory with the system dir
file. Info
will list the /home/bob/info/info-test
file as a menu entry in
the /home/bob/info/dir
file. Emacs does the merging only
when M-x info is first run, so if you want to set
Info-directory-list
in an Emacs session where you've already run
info
, you must (setq Info-dir-contents nil)
to force Emacs
to recompose the dir
file.
Finally, you can tell Info where to look by setting the INFOPATH
environment variable in your shell startup file, such as .cshrc
,
.profile
or autoexec.bat
. If you use a Bourne-compatible
shell such as sh
or bash
for your shell command
interpreter, you set the INFOPATH
environment variable in the
.profile
initialization file; but if you use csh
or
tcsh
, you set the variable in the .cshrc
initialization
file. On MS-DOS/MS-Windows systems, you must set INFOPATH
in
your autoexec.bat
file or in the Registry. Each type of shell
uses a different syntax.
.cshrc
file, you could set the INFOPATH
variable as follows:
setenv INFOPATH .:~/info:/usr/local/emacs/info
.profile
file, you would achieve the same effect by
writing:
INFOPATH=.:$HOME/info:/usr/local/emacs/info export INFOPATH
autoexec.bat
file, you write this command12:
set INFOPATH=.;%HOME%/info;c:/usr/local/emacs/info
The .
indicates the current directory as usual. Emacs uses the
INFOPATH
environment variable to initialize the value of Emacs's
own Info-directory-list
variable. The stand-alone Info reader
merges any files named dir
in any directory listed in the
INFOPATH
variable into a single menu presented to you in the node
called (dir)Top
.
However you set INFOPATH
, if its last character is a
colon13, this
is replaced by the default (compiled-in) path. This gives you a way to
augment the default path with new directories without having to list all
the standard places. For example (using sh
syntax):
INFOPATH=/local/info: export INFOPATH
will search /local/info
first, then the standard directories.
Leading or doubled colons are not treated specially.
When you create your own dir
file for use with
Info-directory-list
or INFOPATH
, it's easiest to start by
copying an existing dir
file and replace all the text after the
* Menu:
with your desired entries. That way, the punctuation and
special CTRL-_ characters that Info needs will be present.
When you install an Info file onto your system, you can use the program
install-info
to update the Info directory file dir
.
Normally the makefile for the package runs install-info
, just
after copying the Info file into its proper installed location.
In order for the Info file to work with install-info
, you should
use the commands @dircategory
and
@direntry
...@end direntry
in the Texinfo source
file. Use @direntry
to specify the menu entries to add to the
Info directory file, and use @dircategory
to specify which part
of the Info directory to put it in. Here is how these commands are used
in this manual:
@dircategory Texinfo documentation system @direntry * Texinfo: (texinfo). The GNU documentation format. * install-info: (texinfo)Invoking install-info. ... ... @end direntry
Here's what this produces in the Info file:
INFO-DIR-SECTION Texinfo documentation system START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY * Texinfo: (texinfo). The GNU documentation format. * install-info: (texinfo)Invoking install-info. ... ... END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
The install-info
program sees these lines in the Info file, and
that is how it knows what to do.
Always use the @direntry
and @dircategory
commands near
the beginning of the Texinfo input, before the first @node
command. If you use them later on in the input, install-info
will not notice them.
If you use @dircategory
more than once in the Texinfo source,
each usage specifies the `current' category; any subsequent
@direntry
commands will add to that category.
Here are some recommended @dircategory
categories: `GNU
packages', `GNU programming tools', `GNU programming documentation',
`GNU Emacs Lisp', `GNU libraries', `Linux', `TeX', `Individual
utilities'. The idea is to include the `invoking' node for every
program installed by a package under `Individual utilities', and an
entry for the manual as a whole in the appropriate other category.
install-info
inserts menu entries from an Info file into the
top-level dir
file in the Info system (see the previous sections
for an explanation of how the dir
file works). It's most often
run as part of software installation, or when constructing a dir
file
for all manuals on a system. Synopsis:
install-info [option]... [info-file [dir-file]]
If info-file or dir-file are not specified, the options
(described below) that define them must be. There are no compile-time
defaults, and standard input is never used. install-info
can
read only one Info file and write only one dir
file per invocation.
If dir-file (however specified) does not exist,
install-info
creates it if possible (with no entries).
If any input file is compressed with gzip
(see Invoking gzip), install-info
automatically uncompresses it
for reading. And if dir-file is compressed, install-info
also automatically leaves it compressed after writing any changes.
If dir-file itself does not exist, install-info
tries to
open dir-file.gz
.
Options:
--delete
.info
in either one). Don't insert any new entries.
--dir-file=name
-d name
--entry=text
-e text
--help
-h
--info-file=file
-i file
--info-dir=dir
-D dir
dir
resides.
Equivalent to --dir-file=dir/dir
.
--item=text
--entry=text
. An Info directory entry is actually
a menu item.
--quiet
--remove
-r
--delete
.
--section=sec
-s sec
--version
-V
Here is an alphabetical list of the @-commands in Texinfo. Square
brackets, [ ], indicate optional arguments; an ellipsis,
...
, indicates repeated text.
@whitespace
@
followed by a space, tab, or newline produces a normal,
stretchable, interword space. See Multiple Spaces.
@!
@"
@'
@*
@*
with
an @refill
command. See Line Breaks.
@,{c}
@-
@.
@:
@=
@?
@@
@
.
See Inserting @ and braces.
@^
@`
@{
{
.
See Inserting @ and braces.
@}
}
.@~
@AA{}
@aa{}
@acronym{abbrev}
acronym
.
@AE{}
@ae{}
@afourlatex
@afourpaper
@afourwide
@alias new=existing
@new
an alias for the existing command
@existing
. See alias.
@anchor{name}
@anchor
.
@appendix title
@unnumbered
and @appendix
Commands.
@appendixsec title
@appendixsection title
@appendixsection
is a longer
spelling of the @appendixsec
command. See Section Commands.
@appendixsubsec title
@appendixsubsubsec title
@asis
@table
, @ftable
, and @vtable
to
print the table's first column without highlighting ("as is").
See Making a Two-column Table.
@author author
@title
and @author
Commands.
@b{text}
@bullet{}
@bullet
.
@bye
@bye
command. See Ending a File.
@c comment
@comment
. See Comments.
@cartouche
@end cartouche
. No effect in
Info. See Drawing Cartouches Around Examples.)
@center line-of-text
@center
.
@centerchap line-of-text
@chapter
, but centers the chapter title. See @chapter
.
@chapheading title
@majorheading
and @chapheading
.
@chapter title
@chapter
.
@cindex entry
@cite{reference}
@cite
.
@clear flag
@ifset flag
and @end ifset
commands, and preventing
@value{flag}
from expanding to the value to which
flag is set.
See @set
@clear
@value
.
@code{sample-code}
@code
.
@command{command-name}
ls
.
See @command
.
@comment comment
@c
.
See Comments.
@contents
@copyright{}
@copyright
.
@defcodeindex index-name
@code
font. See Defining New Indices.
@defcv category class name
@defcvx category class name
@deffn category name arguments...
@deffnx category name arguments...
@deffn
takes as arguments the
category of entity being described, the name of this particular
entity, and its arguments, if any. See Definition Commands.
@defindex index-name
@definfoenclose newcmd, before, after,
@defivar class instance-variable-name
@defivarx class instance-variable-name
@defcv
{Instance Variable} ...
. See Definition Commands, and
Def Cmds in Detail.
@defmac macroname arguments...
@defmacx macroname arguments...
@deffn Macro ...
. See Definition Commands, and
Def Cmds in Detail.
@defmethod class method-name arguments...
@defmethodx class method-name arguments...
@defop Method ...
. Takes as
arguments the name of the class of the method, the name of the
method, and its arguments, if any. See Definition Commands, and
Def Cmds in Detail.
@defop category class name arguments...
@defopx category class name arguments...
@defop
takes as arguments the overall name of the category of
operation, the name of the class of the operation, the name of the
operation, and its arguments, if any. See Definition Commands, and Abstract Objects.
@defopt option-name
@defoptx option-name
@defvr {User Option} ...
. See Definition Commands, and
Def Cmds in Detail.
@defspec special-form-name arguments...
@defspecx special-form-name arguments...
@deffn {Special Form} ...
. See Definition Commands,
and Def Cmds in Detail.
@deftp category name-of-type attributes...
@deftpx category name-of-type attributes...
@deftp
takes as arguments
the category, the name of the type (which is a word like int
or
float
), and then the names of attributes of objects of that type.
See Definition Commands, and Data Types.
@deftypefn classification data-type name arguments...
@deftypefnx classification data-type name arguments...
@deftypefn
takes as arguments the
classification of entity being described, the type, the name of the
entity, and its arguments, if any. See Definition Commands, and
Def Cmds in Detail.
@deftypefun data-type function-name arguments...
@deftypefunx data-type function-name arguments...
@deftypefn Function ...
.
See Definition Commands, and Def Cmds in Detail.
@deftypeivar class data-type variable-name
@deftypeivarx class data-type variable-name
@deftypemethod class data-type method-name arguments...
@deftypemethodx class data-type method-name arguments...
@deftypeop category class data-type name arguments...
@deftypeopx category class data-type name arguments...
@deftypevar data-type variable-name
@deftypevarx data-type variable-name
@deftypevr Variable ...
. See Definition Commands, and Def Cmds in Detail.
@deftypevr classification data-type name
@deftypevrx classification data-type name
@defun function-name arguments...
@defunx function-name arguments...
@deffn Function ...
. See Definition Commands, and
Def Cmds in Detail.
@defvar variable-name
@defvarx variable-name
@defvr Variable ...
. See Definition Commands, and
Def Cmds in Detail.
@defvr category name
@defvrx category name
@defvr
takes
as arguments the category of the entity and the name of the entity.
See Definition Commands,
and Def Cmds in Detail.
@detailmenu
makeinfo
confusion stemming from the detailed node listing
in a master menu. See Master Menu Parts.
@dfn{term}
@dfn
.
@dircategory dirpart
@direntry
@end direntry
. See Installing Dir Entries.
@display
@example
(indent text, do not
fill), but do not select a new font. Pair with @end display
.
See @display
.
@dmn{dimension}
@dmn
.
@documentencoding enc
@documentencoding
.
@documentlanguage CC
@documentlanguage
.
@dotaccent{c}
@dots{}
...
.
See @dots
.
@email{address[, displayed-text]}
@email
.
@emph{text}
@end environment
@end example
. See @-commands.
@env{environment-variable}
PATH
.
See @env
.
@enddots{}
@dots{}
.
@enumerate [number-or-letter]
@item
for each entry.
Optionally, start list with number-or-letter. Pair with
@end enumerate
. See @enumerate
.
@equiv{}
==
. See Equivalence.
@error{}
error-->
. See Error Glyph.
@evenfooting [left] @| [center] @| [right]
@evenheading [left] @| [center] @| [right]
@iftex
. See How to Make Your Own Headings.
@everyfooting [left] @| [center] @| [right]
@everyheading [left] @| [center] @| [right]
@example
@end example
. See @example
.
@exampleindent indent
@exclamdown{}
@exdent line-of-text
@expansion{}
==>
.
See ==> Indicating an Expansion.
@file{filename}
@file
.
@finalout
@findex entry
@flushleft
@flushright
@end flushleft
.
@flushright
analogous.
See @flushleft
and @flushright
.
@footnote{text-of-footnote}
@footnotestyle style
end
for the end
node style or separate
for the separate node style.
See Footnotes.
@format
@display
, but do not narrow the
margins. Pair with @end format
. See @example
.
@ftable formatting-command
@item
for each entry.
Automatically enter each of the items in the first column into the
index of functions. Pair with @end ftable
. The same as
@table
, except for indexing. See @ftable
and @vtable
.
@group
@end group
. Not relevant to Info. See @group
.
@H{c}
@heading title
@headings on-off-single-double
@headings
Command.
@html
@end html
. See Raw Formatter Commands.
@hyphenation{hy-phen-a-ted words}
@-
and @hyphenation
.
@i{text}
@ifclear flag
@ifclear flag
and the following @end
ifclear
command.
See @set
@clear
@value
.
@ifhtml
@ifinfo
@end ifhtml
resp. @end ifinfo
.
See Conditionals.
@ifnothtml
@ifnotinfo
@ifnottex
@end ifnothtml
resp. @end ifnotinfo
resp.
@end ifnotinfo
. See Conditionals.
@ifset flag
@ifset flag
and the following @end ifset
command.
See @set
@clear
@value
.
@iftex
@end iftex
.
See Conditionally Visible Text.
@ignore
@end ignore
.
See Comments and Ignored Text.
@image{filename, [width], [height]}
@include filename
@inforef{node-name, [entry-name], info-file-name}
@inforef
.
\input macro-definitions-file
texinfo
macro definitions file. The backslash in \input
is used instead of an @
because TeX does not
recognize @
until after it has read the definitions file.
See The Texinfo File Header.
@item
@itemize
and
@enumerate
; indicate the beginning of the text of a first column
entry for @table
, @ftable
, and @vtable
.
See Lists and Tables.
@itemize mark-generating-character-or-command
@end
itemize
. See @itemize
.
@itemx
@item
but do not generate extra vertical space above the
item text. See @itemx
.
@kbd{keyboard-characters}
@kbd
.
@kbdinputstyle style
@kbd
should use a font distinct from @code
.
See @kbd
.
@key{key-name}
@key
.
@kindex entry
@L{}
@l{}
@lisp
@end lisp
. See @lisp
.
@lowersections
@raisesections
and @lowersections
.
@macro macroname {params}
@macroname{params}
.
Only supported by makeinfo
and texi2dvi
. See Defining Macros.
@majorheading title
@chapheading
command. In Info, the chapter
heading line is underlined with asterisks. See @majorheading
and @chapheading
.
@math{mathematical-expression}
@math
: Inserting Mathematical Expressions.
@menu
@end menu
. See Menus.
@minus{}
@minus
.
@multitable column-width-spec
@end multitable
.
See Multitable Column Widths.
@need n
@need
.
@node name, next, previous, up
@node
.
@noindent
@noindent
.
@novalidate
@setfilename
. See Pointer Validation.
@O{}
@o{}
@oddfooting [left] @| [center] @| [right]
@oddheading [left] @| [center] @| [right]
@iftex
. See How to Make Your Own Headings.
@OE{}
@oe{}
@option{option-name}
-l
or --help
.
See @option
.
@page
@page
.
@pagesizes [width][, height]
@paragraphindent indent
asis
.
See Paragraph Indenting.
@pindex entry
@point{}
-!-
. See Indicating Point in a Buffer.
@pounds{}
@pounds{}
.
@print{}
-|
. See Print Glyph.
@printindex index-name
@pxref{node-name, [entry], [topic-or-title], [info-file], [manual]}
@pxref
.
@questiondown{}
@quotation
@end quotation
. See @quotation
.
@r{text}
@raisesections
@raisesections
and @lowersections
.
@ref{node-name, [entry], [topic-or-title], [info-file], [manual]}
@ref
.
@refill
@result{}
=>
. See @result
.
@ringaccent{c}
@samp{text}
@samp
.
@sc{text}
@section title
@section
.
@set flag [string]
@ifset flag
and
@end ifset
commands. Optionally, set value of flag to
string.
See @set
@clear
@value
.
@setchapternewpage on-off-odd
@setchapternewpage
.
@setcontentsaftertitlepage
@end titlepage
even if the
@contents
command is not there. See Contents.
@setfilename info-file-name
@setfilename
.
@setshortcontentsaftertitlepage
@end titlepage
command even if the @shortcontents
command is not there.
See Contents.
@settitle title
@settitle
.
@shortcontents
@summarycontents
. See Generating a Table of Contents.
@shorttitlepage title
@titlepage
.
@smallbook
@smalldisplay
@smallexample
(indent text, no
filling), but do not select the fixed-width font. In @smallbook
format, print text in a smaller font than with @display
. Pair
with @end smalldisplay
. See small.
@smallexample
@smallbook
format, print text in a smaller font than
with @example
. Pair with @end smallexample
.
See small.
@smallformat
@smalldisplay
, but do not narrow
the margins and do not select the fixed-width font.
In @smallbook
format, print text in a smaller font than
with @format
. Pair with @end smallformat
.
See small.
@smalllisp
@smallbook
format, print text in a
smaller font. Pair with @end smalllisp
. See small.
@sp n
@sp
.
@ss{}
@strong {text}
@subheading title
@unnumberedsubsec
@appendixsubsec
@subheading
.
@subsection title
@subsection
.
@subsubheading title
@subsubsection title
@subtitle title
@title
@subtitle
and @author
Commands.
@summarycontents
@shortcontents
. See Generating a Table of Contents.
@syncodeindex from-index into-index
@code
font. See Combining Indices.
@synindex from-index into-index
@t{text}
@tab
@table formatting-command
@item
for each entry. Write
each first column entry on the same line as @item
. First
column entries are printed in the font resulting from
formatting-command. Pair with @end table
.
See Making a Two-column Table.
Also see @ftable
and @vtable
,
and @itemx
.
@TeX{}
@tex
@end tex
. See Raw Formatter Commands.
@thischapter
@thischaptername
@thisfile
@thispage
@thistitle
@tieaccent{cc}
@tindex entry
@title title
@title
@subtitle
and @author
Commands.
@titlefont{text}
@titlefont
@center
and @sp
Commands.
@titlepage
@end titlepage
. Nothing between
@titlepage
and @end titlepage
appears in Info.
See @titlepage
.
@today{}
@top title
makeinfo
, identify the
topmost @node
line in the file, which must be written on the line
immediately preceding the @top
command. Used for
makeinfo
's node pointer insertion feature. The title is
underlined with asterisks. Both the @node
line and the @top
line normally should be enclosed by @ifinfo
and @end
ifinfo
. In TeX and texinfo-format-buffer
, the @top
command is merely a synonym for @unnumbered
. See Creating Pointers with makeinfo
.
@u{c}
@ubaraccent{c}
@udotaccent{c}
@unnumbered title
@unnumbered
and @appendix
.
@unnumberedsec title
@unnumberedsubsec title
@unnumberedsubsec
@appendixsubsec
@subheading
.
@unnumberedsubsubsec title
@uref{url[, displayed-text][, replacement}
@uref
.
@url{url}
@url
.
@v{c}
@value{flag}
@set
flag
.
See @set
@clear
@value
.
@var{metasyntactic-variable}
@vindex entry
@vskip amount
0pt plus
1filll
. (Note spelling of filll
.) @vskip
may be used
only in contexts ignored for Info. See The Copyright Page and Printed Permissions.
@vtable formatting-command
@item
for each entry.
Automatically enter each of the items in the first column into the
index of variables. Pair with @end vtable
. The same as
@table
, except for indexing. See @ftable
and @vtable
.
@w{text}
@w
with an @refill
command.
See @w
.
@xref{node-name, [entry], [topic-or-title], [info-file], [manual]}
@xref
.
Here are some tips for writing Texinfo documentation:
Write many index entries, in different ways. Readers like indices; they are helpful and convenient.
Although it is easiest to write index entries as you write the body of the text, some people prefer to write entries afterwards. In either case, write an entry before the paragraph to which it applies. This way, an index entry points to the first page of a paragraph that is split across pages.
Here are more hints we have found valuable:
In the example that follows, a blank line comes after the index entry for "Leaping":
@section The Dog and the Fox @cindex Jumping, in general @cindex Leaping @cindex Dog, lazy, jumped over @cindex Lazy dog jumped over @cindex Fox, jumps over dog @cindex Quick fox jumps over dog The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog.
(Note that the example shows entries for the same concept that are
written in different ways--Lazy dog
, and Dog, lazy
--so
readers can look up the concept in different ways.)
@table
command and after an
@end table
command; but never insert a blank line after an
@table
command or before an @end table
command.
For example,
Types of fox: @table @samp @item Quick Jump over lazy dogs. @item Brown Also jump over lazy dogs. @end table @noindent On the other hand, ...
Insert blank lines before and after @itemize
... @end
itemize
and @enumerate
... @end enumerate
in the
same way.
Complete phrases are easier to read than ...
Write the edition and version numbers and date in three places in every manual:
@ifinfo
section, for people reading the Texinfo file.
@titlepage
section, for people reading the printed manual.
Also, it helps to write a note before the first @ifinfo
section to explain what you are doing.
For example:
@c ===> NOTE! <== @c Specify the edition and version numbers and date @c in *three* places: @c 1. First ifinfo section 2. title page 3. top node @c To find the locations, search for !!set @ifinfo @c !!set edition, date, version This is Edition 4.03, January 1992, of the @cite{GDB Manual} for GDB Version 4.3. ...
--or use @set
and @value
(see @value
Example).
Definition commands are @deffn
, @defun
,
@defmac
, and the like, and enable you to write descriptions in
a uniform format.
@table
... @end table
in an appendix that
contains a summary of functions, not @deffn
or other definition
commands.
x
or
i
in upper case.
@TeX{}
command. Note the uppercase
T
and X
. This command causes the formatters to
typeset the name according to the wishes of Donald Knuth, who wrote
TeX.
Do not use spaces to format a Texinfo file, except inside of
@example
... @end example
and similar commands.
For example, TeX fills the following:
@kbd{C-x v} @kbd{M-x vc-next-action} Perform the next logical operation on the version-controlled file corresponding to the current buffer.
so it looks like this:
In this case, the text should be formatted with
@table
, @item
, and @itemx
, to create a table.
---
@code
around Lisp symbols, including command names.
For example,
The main function is @code{vc-next-action}, ...
s
immediately after an
@code
. Such letters look bad.
@var
around meta-variables. Do not write angle brackets
around them.
---
, to indicate a long dash. TeX
typesets these as a long dash and the Info formatters reduce three
hyphens to two.
Place periods and other punctuation marks outside of quotations, unless the punctuation is part of the quotation. This practice goes against publishing conventions in the United States, but enables the reader to distinguish between the contents of the quotation and the whole passage.
For example, you should write the following sentence with the period outside the end quotation marks:
Evidently, au
is an abbreviation for ``author''.
since au
does not serve as an abbreviation for
author.
(with a period following the word).
For example, in the following, the terms "check in", "register" and "delta" are all appearing for the first time; the example sentence should be rewritten so they are understandable.
The major function assists you in checking in a file to your version control system and registering successive sets of changes to it as deltas.
@dfn
command around a word being introduced, to indicate
that the reader should not expect to know the meaning already, and
should expect to learn the meaning from this passage.
Absolutely never use @pxref
except in the special context for
which it is designed: inside parentheses, with the closing parenthesis
following immediately after the closing brace. One formatter
automatically inserts closing punctuation and the other does not. This
means that the output looks right both in printed output and in an Info
file, but only when the command is used inside parentheses.
You can invoke programs such as Emacs, GCC, and gawk
from a
shell. The documentation for each program should contain a section that
describes this. Unfortunately, if the node names and titles for these
sections are all different, readers find it hard to search for the
section.
Name such sections with a phrase beginning with the word `Invoking ...', as in `Invoking Emacs'; this way users can find the section easily.
When you use @example
to describe a C function's calling
conventions, use the ANSI C syntax, like this:
void dld_init (char *@var{path});
And in the subsequent discussion, refer to the argument values by
writing the same argument names, again highlighted with
@var
.
Avoid the obsolete style that looks like this:
#include <dld.h> dld_init (path) char *path;
Also, it is best to avoid writing #include
above the
declaration just to indicate that the function is declared in a
header file. The practice may give the misimpression that the
#include
belongs near the declaration of the function. Either
state explicitly which header file holds the declaration or, better
yet, name the header file used for a group of functions at the
beginning of the section that describes the functions.
Here are several examples of bad writing to avoid:
In this example, say, " ... you must @dfn
{check
in} the new version." That flows better.
When you are done editing the file, you must perform a
@dfn
{check in}.
In the following example, say, "... makes a unified interface such as VC mode possible."
SCCS, RCS and other version-control systems all perform similar functions in broadly similar ways (it is this resemblance which makes a unified control mode like this possible).
And in this example, you should specify what `it' refers to:
If you are working with other people, it assists in coordinating everyone's changes so they do not step on each other.
X
were a Greek `chi', as the last
sound in the name `Bach'. But pronounce Texinfo as in `speck':
"teckinfo".
@bye
. None of the formatters process text after the
@bye
; it is as if the text were within @ignore
...
@end ignore
.
Here is a complete, short sample Texinfo file, without any commentary.
You can see this file, with comments, in the first chapter.
See A Short Sample Texinfo File.
\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*- @c %**start of header @setfilename sample.info @settitle Sample Document @c %**end of header @setchapternewpage odd @ifinfo This is a short example of a complete Texinfo file. Copyright 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc. @end ifinfo @titlepage @sp 10 @comment The title is printed in a large font. @center @titlefont{Sample Title} @c The following two commands start the copyright page. @page @vskip 0pt plus 1filll Copyright @copyright{} 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc. @end titlepage @node Top, First Chapter, , (dir) @comment node-name, next, previous, up @menu * First Chapter:: The first chapter is the only chapter in this sample. * Concept Index:: This index has two entries. @end menu @node First Chapter, Concept Index, Top, Top @comment node-name, next, previous, up @chapter First Chapter @cindex Sample index entry This is the contents of the first chapter. @cindex Another sample index entry Here is a numbered list. @enumerate @item This is the first item. @item This is the second item. @end enumerate The @code{makeinfo} and @code{texinfo-format-buffer} commands transform a Texinfo file such as this into an Info file; and @TeX{} typesets it for a printed manual. @node Concept Index, , First Chapter, Top @comment node-name, next, previous, up @unnumbered Concept Index @printindex cp @contents @bye
Texinfo files should contain sections that tell the readers that they have the right to copy and distribute the Texinfo file, the Info file, and the printed manual.
Also, if you are writing a manual about software, you should explain that the software is free and either include the GNU General Public License (GPL) or provide a reference to it. See Distrib, for an example of the text that could be used in the software "Distribution", "General Public License", and "NO WARRANTY" sections of a document. See Texinfo Copying Conditions, for an example of a brief explanation of how the copying conditions provide you with rights.
ifinfo
copying permissions.
In a Texinfo file, the first @ifinfo
section usually begins
with a line that says what the file documents. This is what a person
reading the unprocessed Texinfo file or using the advanced Info
command g * sees first. see Advanced Info commands, for more information. (A reader using the regular
Info commands usually starts reading at the first node and skips
this first section, which is not in a node.)
In the @ifinfo
section, the summary sentence is followed by a
copyright notice and then by the copying permission notice. One of
the copying permission paragraphs is enclosed in @ignore
and
@end ignore
commands. This paragraph states that the Texinfo
file can be processed through TeX and printed, provided the printed
manual carries the proper copying permission notice. This paragraph
is not made part of the Info file since it is not relevant to the Info
file; but it is a mandatory part of the Texinfo file since it permits
people to process the Texinfo file in TeX and print the
results.
In the printed manual, the Free Software Foundation copying permission
notice follows the copyright notice and publishing information and is
located within the region delineated by the @titlepage
and
@end titlepage
commands. The copying permission notice is exactly
the same as the notice in the @ifinfo
section except that the
paragraph enclosed in @ignore
and @end ignore
commands is
not part of the notice.
To make it simple to insert a permission notice into each section of the Texinfo file, sample permission notices for each section are reproduced in full below.
You may need to specify the correct name of a section mentioned in the permission notice. For example, in The GDB Manual, the name of the section referring to the General Public License is called the "GDB General Public License", but in the sample shown below, that section is referred to generically as the "GNU General Public License". If the Texinfo file does not carry a copy of the General Public License, leave out the reference to it, but be sure to include the rest of the sentence.
ifinfo
Copying PermissionsIn the @ifinfo
section of a Texinfo file, the standard Free
Software Foundation permission notice reads as follows:
This file documents ... Copyright 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are preserved on all copies. @ignore Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the results, provided the printed document carries a copying permission notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph (this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual). @end ignore Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the sections entitled ``Copying'' and ``GNU General Public License'' are included exactly as in the original, and provided that the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission notice identical to this one. Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved by the Free Software Foundation.
In the @titlepage
section of a Texinfo file, the standard Free
Software Foundation copying permission notice follows the copyright
notice and publishing information. The standard phrasing is as
follows:
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are preserved on all copies. Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the sections entitled ``Copying'' and ``GNU General Public License'' are included exactly as in the original, and provided that the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission notice identical to this one. Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved by the Free Software Foundation.
When TeX or an Info formatting command sees an @include
command in a Texinfo file, it processes the contents of the file named
by the command and incorporates them into the DVI or Info file being
created. Index entries from the included file are incorporated into
the indices of the output file.
Include files let you keep a single large document as a collection of conveniently small parts.
@include
command.
texinfo-multiple-files-update
expects.
@include
command
has changed over time.
To include another file within a Texinfo file, write the
@include
command at the beginning of a line and follow it on
the same line by the name of a file to be included. For
example:
@include buffers.texi
An included file should simply be a segment of text that you expect to
be included as is into the overall or outer Texinfo file; it
should not contain the standard beginning and end parts of a Texinfo
file. In particular, you should not start an included file with a
line saying \input texinfo
; if you do, that phrase is inserted
into the output file as is. Likewise, you should not end an included
file with an @bye
command; nothing after @bye
is
formatted.
In the past, you were required to write an @setfilename
line at the
beginning of an included file, but no longer. Now, it does not matter
whether you write such a line. If an @setfilename
line exists
in an included file, it is ignored.
Conventionally, an included file begins with an @node
line that
is followed by an @chapter
line. Each included file is one
chapter. This makes it easy to use the regular node and menu creating
and updating commands to create the node pointers and menus within the
included file. However, the simple Emacs node and menu creating and
updating commands do not work with multiple Texinfo files. Thus you
cannot use these commands to fill in the `Next', `Previous', and `Up'
pointers of the @node
line that begins the included file. Also,
you cannot use the regular commands to create a master menu for the
whole file. Either you must insert the menus and the `Next',
`Previous', and `Up' pointers by hand, or you must use the GNU Emacs
Texinfo mode command, texinfo-multiple-files-update
, that is
designed for @include
files.
texinfo-multiple-files-update
GNU Emacs Texinfo mode provides the texinfo-multiple-files-update
command. This command creates or updates `Next', `Previous', and `Up'
pointers of included files as well as those in the outer or overall
Texinfo file, and it creates or updates a main menu in the outer file.
Depending whether you call it with optional arguments, the command
updates only the pointers in the first @node
line of the
included files or all of them:
@node
line in each file included in an outer or overall
Texinfo file.
@node
line in each
included file.
texinfo-master-menu
with an argument when you are
working with just one file.
Note the use of the prefix argument in interactive use: with a regular
prefix argument, just C-u, the
texinfo-multiple-files-update
command inserts a master menu;
with a numeric prefix argument, such as C-u 8, the command
updates every pointer and menu in all the files and then inserts a
master menu.
If you plan to use the texinfo-multiple-files-update
command,
the outer Texinfo file that lists included files within it should
contain nothing but the beginning and end parts of a Texinfo file, and
a number of @include
commands listing the included files. It
should not even include indices, which should be listed in an included
file of their own.
Moreover, each of the included files must contain exactly one highest
level node (conventionally, @chapter
or equivalent),
and this node must be the first node in the included file.
Furthermore, each of these highest level nodes in each included file
must be at the same hierarchical level in the file structure.
Usually, each is an @chapter
, an @appendix
, or an
@unnumbered
node. Thus, normally, each included file contains
one, and only one, chapter or equivalent-level node.
The outer file should contain only one node, the `Top' node. It
should not contain any nodes besides the single `Top' node. The
texinfo-multiple-files-update
command will not process
them.
@include
Here is an example of a complete outer Texinfo file with @include
files
within it before running texinfo-multiple-files-update
, which
would insert a main or master menu:
\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*- @setfilename include-example.info @settitle Include Example @setchapternewpage odd @titlepage @sp 12 @center @titlefont{Include Example} @sp 2 @center by Whom Ever @page @vskip 0pt plus 1filll Copyright @copyright{} 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc. @end titlepage @ifinfo @node Top, First, , (dir) @top Master Menu @end ifinfo @include foo.texinfo @include bar.texinfo @include concept-index.texinfo @summarycontents @contents @bye
An included file, such as foo.texinfo
, might look like
this:
@node First, Second, , Top @chapter First Chapter Contents of first chapter ...
The full contents of concept-index.texinfo
might be as simple as this:
@node Concept Index @unnumbered Concept Index @printindex cp
The outer Texinfo source file for The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference
Manual is named elisp.texi
. This outer file contains a master
menu with 417 entries and a list of 41 @include
files.
When Info was first created, it was customary to create many small Info files on one subject. Each Info file was formatted from its own Texinfo source file. This custom meant that Emacs did not need to make a large buffer to hold the whole of a large Info file when someone wanted information; instead, Emacs allocated just enough memory for the small Info file that contained the particular information sought. This way, Emacs could avoid wasting memory.
References from one file to another were made by referring to the file
name as well as the node name. (See Referring to Other Info Files. Also, see @xref
with Four and Five Arguments.)
Include files were designed primarily as a way to create a single,
large printed manual out of several smaller Info files. In a printed
manual, all the references were within the same document, so TeX
could automatically determine the references' page numbers. The Info
formatting commands used include files only for creating joint
indices; each of the individual Texinfo files had to be formatted for
Info individually. (Each, therefore, required its own
@setfilename
line.)
However, because large Info files are now split automatically, it is no longer necessary to keep them small.
Nowadays, multiple Texinfo files are used mostly for large documents, such as The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual, and for projects in which several different people write different sections of a document simultaneously.
In addition, the Info formatting commands have been extended to work
with the @include
command so as to create a single large Info
file that is split into smaller files if necessary. This means that
you can write menus and cross references without naming the different
Texinfo files.
Most printed manuals contain headings along the top of every page except the title and copyright pages. Some manuals also contain footings. (Headings and footings have no meaning to Info, which is not paginated.)
Texinfo provides standard page heading formats for manuals that are printed on one side of each sheet of paper and for manuals that are printed on both sides of the paper. Typically, you will use these formats, but you can specify your own format if you wish.
In addition, you can specify whether chapters should begin on a new page, or merely continue the same page as the previous chapter; and if chapters begin on new pages, you can specify whether they must be odd-numbered pages.
By convention, a book is printed on both sides of each sheet of paper. When you open a book, the right-hand page is odd-numbered, and chapters begin on right-hand pages--a preceding left-hand page is left blank if necessary. Reports, however, are often printed on just one side of paper, and chapters begin on a fresh page immediately following the end of the preceding chapter. In short or informal reports, chapters often do not begin on a new page at all, but are separated from the preceding text by a small amount of whitespace.
The @setchapternewpage
command controls whether chapters begin
on new pages, and whether one of the standard heading formats is used.
In addition, Texinfo has several heading and footing commands that you
can use to generate your own heading and footing formats.
In Texinfo, headings and footings are single lines at the tops and bottoms of pages; you cannot create multiline headings or footings. Each header or footer line is divided into three parts: a left part, a middle part, and a right part. Any part, or a whole line, may be left blank. Text for the left part of a header or footer line is set flushleft; text for the middle part is centered; and, text for the right part is set flushright.
Texinfo provides two standard heading formats, one for manuals printed on one side of each sheet of paper, and the other for manuals printed on both sides of the paper.
By default, nothing is specified for the footing of a Texinfo file, so the footing remains blank.
The standard format for single-sided printing consists of a header line in which the left-hand part contains the name of the chapter, the central part is blank, and the right-hand part contains the page number.
A single-sided page looks like this:
_______________________ | | | chapter page number | | | | Start of text ... | | ... | | |
The standard format for two-sided printing depends on whether the page number is even or odd. By convention, even-numbered pages are on the left- and odd-numbered pages are on the right. (TeX will adjust the widths of the left- and right-hand margins. Usually, widths are correct, but during double-sided printing, it is wise to check that pages will bind properly--sometimes a printer will produce output in which the even-numbered pages have a larger right-hand margin than the odd-numbered pages.)
In the standard double-sided format, the left part of the left-hand
(even-numbered) page contains the page number, the central part is
blank, and the right part contains the title (specified by the
@settitle
command). The left part of the right-hand
(odd-numbered) page contains the name of the chapter, the central part
is blank, and the right part contains the page number.
Two pages, side by side as in an open book, look like this:
_______________________ _______________________ | | | | | page number title | | chapter page number | | | | | | Start of text ... | | More text ... | | ... | | ... | | | | |
The chapter name is preceded by the word "Chapter", the chapter number and a colon. This makes it easier to keep track of where you are in the manual.
TeX does not begin to generate page headings for a standard Texinfo
file until it reaches the @end titlepage
command. Thus, the
title and copyright pages are not numbered. The @end
titlepage
command causes TeX to begin to generate page headings
according to a standard format specified by the
@setchapternewpage
command that precedes the
@titlepage
section.
There are four possibilities:
@setchapternewpage
command
@setchapternewpage on
.
@setchapternewpage on
@setchapternewpage off
@headings double
command; see
The @headings
Command.)
@setchapternewpage odd
Texinfo lacks an @setchapternewpage even
command.
You can use the standard headings provided with Texinfo or specify your own. By default, Texinfo has no footers, so if you specify them, the available page size for the main text will be slightly reduced.
Texinfo provides six commands for specifying headings and footings:
@everyheading
@everyfooting
generate page headers and
footers that are the same for both even- and odd-numbered pages.
@evenheading
and @evenfooting
command generate headers
and footers for even-numbered (left-hand) pages.
@oddheading
and @oddfooting
generate headers and footers
for odd-numbered (right-hand) pages.
Write custom heading specifications in the Texinfo file immediately
after the @end titlepage
command. Enclose your specifications
between @iftex
and @end iftex
commands since the
texinfo-format-buffer
command may not recognize them. Also,
you must cancel the predefined heading commands with the
@headings off
command before defining your own
specifications.
Here is how to tell TeX to place the chapter name at the left, the page number in the center, and the date at the right of every header for both even- and odd-numbered pages:
@iftex @headings off @everyheading @thischapter @| @thispage @| @today{} @end iftex
You need to divide the left part from the central part and the central
part from the right part by inserting @|
between parts.
Otherwise, the specification command will not be able to tell where
the text for one part ends and the next part begins.
Each part can contain text or @-commands. The text is printed as if the part were within an ordinary paragraph in the body of the page. The @-commands replace themselves with the page number, date, chapter name, or whatever.
Here are the six heading and footing commands:
@everyheading left @| center @| right
@everyfooting left @| center @| right
@evenheading left @| center @| right
@oddheading left @| center @| right
@evenfooting left @| center @| right
@oddfooting left @| center @| right
Use the @this...
series of @-commands to
provide the names of chapters
and sections and the page number. You can use the
@this...
commands in the left, center, or right portions
of headers and footers, or anywhere else in a Texinfo file so long as
they are between @iftex
and @end iftex
commands.
Here are the @this...
commands:
@thispage
@thischaptername
@thischapter
@thistitle
@settitle
command.
@thisfile
@include
files only: expands to the name of the current
@include
file. If the current Texinfo source file is not an
@include
file, this command has no effect. This command does
not provide the name of the current Texinfo source file unless
it is an @include
file. (See Include Files, for more
information about @include
files.)
You can also use the @today{}
command, which expands to the
current date, in `1 Jan 1900' format.
Other @-commands and text are printed in a header or footer just as if they were in the body of a page. It is useful to incorporate text, particularly when you are writing drafts:
@iftex @headings off @everyheading @emph{Draft!} @| @thispage @| @thischapter @everyfooting @| @| Version: 0.27: @today{} @end iftex
Beware of overlong titles: they may overlap another part of the header or footer and blot it out.
Besides mistakes in the content of your documentation, there are two kinds of mistake you can make with Texinfo: you can make mistakes with @-commands, and you can make mistakes with the structure of the nodes and chapters.
Emacs has two tools for catching the @-command mistakes and two for catching structuring mistakes.
For finding problems with @-commands, you can run TeX or a region formatting command on the region that has a problem; indeed, you can run these commands on each region as you write it.
For finding problems with the structure of nodes and chapters, you can use
C-c C-s (texinfo-show-structure
) and the related occur
command and you can use the M-x Info-validate command.
makeinfo
finds errors.
texinfo-show-structure
.
The makeinfo
program does an excellent job of catching errors
and reporting them--far better than texinfo-format-region
or
texinfo-format-buffer
. In addition, the various functions for
automatically creating and updating node pointers and menus remove
many opportunities for human error.
If you can, use the updating commands to create and insert pointers
and menus. These prevent many errors. Then use makeinfo
(or
its Texinfo mode manifestations, makeinfo-region
and
makeinfo-buffer
) to format your file and check for other
errors. This is the best way to work with Texinfo. But if you
cannot use makeinfo
, or your problem is very puzzling, then you
may want to use the tools described in this appendix.
After you have written part of a Texinfo file, you can use the
texinfo-format-region
or the makeinfo-region
command to
see whether the region formats properly.
Most likely, however, you are reading this section because for some
reason you cannot use the makeinfo-region
command; therefore, the
rest of this section presumes that you are using
texinfo-format-region
.
If you have made a mistake with an @-command,
texinfo-format-region
will stop processing at or after the
error and display an error message. To see where in the buffer the
error occurred, switch to the *Info Region*
buffer; the cursor
will be in a position that is after the location of the error. Also,
the text will not be formatted after the place where the error
occurred (or more precisely, where it was detected).
For example, if you accidentally end a menu with the command @end
menus
with an `s' on the end, instead of with @end menu
, you
will see an error message that says:
@end menus is not handled by texinfo
The cursor will stop at the point in the buffer where the error occurs, or not long after it. The buffer will look like this:
---------- Buffer: *Info Region* ---------- * Menu: * Using texinfo-show-structure:: How to use `texinfo-show-structure' to catch mistakes. * Running Info-Validate:: How to check for unreferenced nodes. @end menus -!- ---------- Buffer: *Info Region* ----------
The texinfo-format-region
command sometimes provides slightly
odd error messages. For example, the following cross reference fails to format:
(@xref{Catching Mistakes, for more info.)
In this case, texinfo-format-region
detects the missing closing
brace but displays a message that says Unbalanced parentheses
rather than Unbalanced braces
. This is because the formatting
command looks for mismatches between braces as if they were
parentheses.
Sometimes texinfo-format-region
fails to detect mistakes. For
example, in the following, the closing brace is swapped with the
closing parenthesis:
(@xref{Catching Mistakes), for more info.}
Formatting produces:
(*Note for more info.: Catching Mistakes)
The only way for you to detect this error is to realize that the reference should have looked like this:
(*Note Catching Mistakes::, for more info.)
Incidentally, if you are reading this node in Info and type f
<RET> (Info-follow-reference
), you will generate an error
message that says:
No such node: "Catching Mistakes) The only way ...
This is because Info perceives the example of the error as the first
cross reference in this node and if you type a <RET> immediately
after typing the Info f command, Info will attempt to go to the
referenced node. If you type f catch <TAB> <RET>, Info
will complete the node name of the correctly written example and take
you to the `Catching Mistakes' node. (If you try this, you can return
from the `Catching Mistakes' node by typing l
(Info-last
).)
You can also catch mistakes when you format a file with TeX.
Usually, you will want to do this after you have run
texinfo-format-buffer
(or, better, makeinfo-buffer
) on
the same file, because texinfo-format-buffer
sometimes displays
error messages that make more sense than TeX. (See Debugging with Info, for more information.)
For example, TeX was run on a Texinfo file, part of which is shown here:
---------- Buffer: texinfo.texi ---------- name of the Texinfo file as an extension. The @samp{??} are `wildcards' that cause the shell to substitute all the raw index files. (@xref{sorting indices, for more information about sorting indices.)@refill ---------- Buffer: texinfo.texi ----------
(The cross reference lacks a closing brace.) TeX produced the following output, after which it stopped:
---------- Buffer: *tex-shell* ---------- Runaway argument? {sorting indices, for more information about sorting indices.) @refill @ETC. ! Paragraph ended before @xref was complete. <to be read again> @par l.27 ? ---------- Buffer: *tex-shell* ----------
In this case, TeX produced an accurate and understandable error message:
Paragraph ended before @xref was complete.
@par
is an internal TeX command of no relevance to Texinfo.
l.27
means that TeX detected the problem on line 27 of the
Texinfo file. The ?
is the prompt TeX uses in this
circumstance.
Unfortunately, TeX is not always so helpful, and sometimes you must truly be a Sherlock Holmes to discover what went wrong.
In any case, if you run into a problem like this, you can do one of three things.
?
prompt.
?
prompt.
This is often the best thing to do. However, beware: the one error may produce a cascade of additional error messages as its consequences are felt through the rest of the file. To stop TeX when it is producing such an avalanche of error messages, type C-c (or C-c C-c, if you are running a shell inside Emacs).
?
prompt.
If you are running TeX inside Emacs, you need to switch to the shell
buffer and line at which TeX offers the ?
prompt.
Sometimes TeX will format a file without producing error messages even
though there is a problem. This usually occurs if a command is not ended
but TeX is able to continue processing anyhow. For example, if you fail
to end an itemized list with the @end itemize
command, TeX will
write a DVI file that you can print out. The only error message that
TeX will give you is the somewhat mysterious comment that
(@end occurred inside a group at level 1)
However, if you print the DVI file, you will find that the text
of the file that follows the itemized list is entirely indented as if
it were part of the last item in the itemized list. The error message
is the way TeX says that it expected to find an @end
command somewhere in the file; but that it could not determine where
it was needed.
Another source of notoriously hard-to-find errors is a missing
@end group
command. If you ever are stumped by
incomprehensible errors, look for a missing @end group
command
first.
If the Texinfo file lacks header lines,
TeX may stop in the
beginning of its run and display output that looks like the following.
The *
indicates that TeX is waiting for input.
This is TeX, Version 3.14159 (Web2c 7.0) (test.texinfo [1]) *
In this case, simply type \end <RET> after the asterisk. Then
write the header lines in the Texinfo file and run the TeX command
again. (Note the use of the backslash, \
. TeX uses \
instead of @
; and in this circumstance, you are working
directly with TeX, not with Texinfo.)
texinfo-show-structure
It is not always easy to keep track of the nodes, chapters, sections, and subsections of a Texinfo file. This is especially true if you are revising or adding to a Texinfo file that someone else has written.
In GNU Emacs, in Texinfo mode, the texinfo-show-structure
command lists all the lines that begin with the @-commands that
specify the structure: @chapter
, @section
,
@appendix
, and so on. With an argument (C-u
as prefix argument, if interactive),
the command also shows the @node
lines. The
texinfo-show-structure
command is bound to C-c C-s in
Texinfo mode, by default.
The lines are displayed in a buffer called the *Occur*
buffer,
indented by hierarchical level. For example, here is a part of what was
produced by running texinfo-show-structure
on this manual:
Lines matching "^@\\(chapter \\|sect\\|subs\\|subh\\| unnum\\|major\\|chapheading \\|heading \\|appendix\\)" in buffer texinfo.texi. ... 4177:@chapter Nodes 4198: @heading Two Paths 4231: @section Node and Menu Illustration 4337: @section The @code{@@node} Command 4393: @subheading Choosing Node and Pointer Names 4417: @subsection How to Write an @code{@@node} Line 4469: @subsection @code{@@node} Line Tips ...
This says that lines 4337, 4393, and 4417 of texinfo.texi
begin
with the @section
, @subheading
, and @subsection
commands respectively. If you move your cursor into the *Occur*
window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and use the
C-c C-c command (occur-mode-goto-occurrence
), to jump to
the corresponding spot in the Texinfo file. See Other Repeating Search, for more
information about occur-mode-goto-occurrence
.
The first line in the *Occur*
window describes the regular
expression specified by texinfo-heading-pattern. This regular
expression is the pattern that texinfo-show-structure
looks for.
See Regexps,
for more information.
When you invoke the texinfo-show-structure
command, Emacs will
display the structure of the whole buffer. If you want to see the
structure of just a part of the buffer, of one chapter, for example,
use the C-x n n (narrow-to-region
) command to mark the
region. (See Narrowing.) This is
how the example used above was generated. (To see the whole buffer
again, use C-x n w (widen
).)
If you call texinfo-show-structure
with a prefix argument by
typing C-u C-c C-s, it will list lines beginning with
@node
as well as the lines beginning with the @-sign commands
for @chapter
, @section
, and the like.
You can remind yourself of the structure of a Texinfo file by looking at
the list in the *Occur*
window; and if you have mis-named a node
or left out a section, you can correct the mistake.
occur
Sometimes the texinfo-show-structure
command produces too much
information. Perhaps you want to remind yourself of the overall structure
of a Texinfo file, and are overwhelmed by the detailed list produced by
texinfo-show-structure
. In this case, you can use the occur
command directly. To do this, type
M-x occur
and then, when prompted, type a regexp, a regular expression for
the pattern you want to match. (See Regexps.) The occur
command works from
the current location of the cursor in the buffer to the end of the
buffer. If you want to run occur
on the whole buffer, place
the cursor at the beginning of the buffer.
For example, to see all the lines that contain the word
@chapter
in them, just type @chapter
. This will
produce a list of the chapters. It will also list all the sentences
with @chapter
in the middle of the line.
If you want to see only those lines that start with the word
@chapter
, type ^@chapter
when prompted by
occur
. If you want to see all the lines that end with a word
or phrase, end the last word with a $
; for example,
catching mistakes$
. This can be helpful when you want to see
all the nodes that are part of the same chapter or section and
therefore have the same `Up' pointer.
See Other Repeating Search, for more information.
You can use the Info-validate
command to check whether any of
the `Next', `Previous', `Up' or other node pointers fail to point to a
node. This command checks that every node pointer points to an
existing node. The Info-validate
command works only on Info
files, not on Texinfo files.
The makeinfo
program validates pointers automatically, so you
do not need to use the Info-validate
command if you are using
makeinfo
. You only may need to use Info-validate
if you
are unable to run makeinfo
and instead must create an Info file
using texinfo-format-region
or texinfo-format-buffer
, or
if you write an Info file from scratch.
Info-validate
.
Info-validate
To use Info-validate
, visit the Info file you wish to check and
type:
M-x Info-validate
Note that the Info-validate
command requires an upper case
`I'. You may also need to create a tag table before running
Info-validate
. See Tagifying.
If your file is valid, you will receive a message that says "File appears
valid". However, if you have a pointer that does not point to a node,
error messages will be displayed in a buffer called *problems in
info file*
.
For example, Info-validate
was run on a test file that contained
only the first node of this manual. One of the messages said:
In node "Overview", invalid Next: Texinfo Mode
This meant that the node called Overview
had a `Next' pointer that
did not point to anything (which was true in this case, since the test file
had only one node in it).
Now suppose we add a node named Texinfo Mode
to our test case
but we do not specify a `Previous' for this node. Then we will get
the following error message:
In node "Texinfo Mode", should have Previous: Overview
This is because every `Next' pointer should be matched by a `Previous' (in the node where the `Next' points) which points back.
Info-validate
also checks that all menu entries and cross references
point to actual nodes.
Info-validate
requires a tag table and does not work with files
that have been split. (The texinfo-format-buffer
command
automatically splits large files.) In order to use Info-validate
on a large file, you must run texinfo-format-buffer
with an
argument so that it does not split the Info file; and you must create a
tag table for the unsplit file.
You can run Info-validate
only on a single Info file that has a
tag table. The command will not work on the indirect subfiles that
are generated when a master file is split. If you have a large file
(longer than 70,000 bytes or so), you need to run the
texinfo-format-buffer
or makeinfo-buffer
command in such
a way that it does not create indirect subfiles. You will also need
to create a tag table for the Info file. After you have done this,
you can run Info-validate
and look for badly referenced
nodes.
The first step is to create an unsplit Info file. To prevent
texinfo-format-buffer
from splitting a Texinfo file into
smaller Info files, give a prefix to the M-x
texinfo-format-buffer command:
C-u M-x texinfo-format-buffer
or else
C-u C-c C-e C-b
When you do this, Texinfo will not split the file and will not create a tag table for it.
After creating an unsplit Info file, you must create a tag table for it. Visit the Info file you wish to tagify and type:
M-x Info-tagify
(Note the upper case I
in Info-tagify
.) This creates an
Info file with a tag table that you can validate.
The third step is to validate the Info file:
M-x Info-validate
(Note the upper case I
in Info-validate
.)
In brief, the steps are:
C-u M-x texinfo-format-buffer M-x Info-tagify M-x Info-validate
After you have validated the node structure, you can rerun
texinfo-format-buffer
in the normal way so it will construct a
tag table and split the file automatically, or you can make the tag
table and split the file manually.
You should split a large file or else let the
texinfo-format-buffer
or makeinfo-buffer
command do it
for you automatically. (Generally you will let one of the formatting
commands do this job for you. See Creating an Info File.)
The split-off files are called the indirect subfiles.
Info files are split to save memory. With smaller files, Emacs does not have make such a large buffer to hold the information.
If an Info file has more than 30 nodes, you should also make a tag
table for it. See Using Info-validate, for information
about creating a tag table. (Again, tag tables are usually created
automatically by the formatting command; you only need to create a tag
table yourself if you are doing the job manually. Most likely, you
will do this for a large, unsplit file on which you have run
Info-validate
.)
Visit the Info file you wish to tagify and split and type the two commands:
M-x Info-tagify M-x Info-split
(Note that the I
in Info
is upper case.)
When you use the Info-split
command, the buffer is modified into a
(small) Info file which lists the indirect subfiles. This file should be
saved in place of the original visited file. The indirect subfiles are
written in the same directory the original file is in, with names generated
by appending -
and a number to the original file name.
The primary file still functions as an Info file, but it contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
The @refill
command refills and, optionally, indents the first
line of a paragraph.14 The
@refill
command is no longer important, but we describe it here
because you once needed it. You will see it in many old Texinfo
files.
Without refilling, paragraphs containing long @-constructs may look
bad after formatting because the formatter removes @-commands and
shortens some lines more than others. In the past, neither the
texinfo-format-region
command nor the
texinfo-format-buffer
command refilled paragraphs
automatically. The @refill
command had to be written at the
end of every paragraph to cause these formatters to fill them. (Both
TeX and makeinfo
have always refilled paragraphs
automatically.) Now, all the Info formatters automatically fill and
indent those paragraphs that need to be filled and indented.
The @refill
command causes texinfo-format-region
and
texinfo-format-buffer
to refill a paragraph in the Info file
after all the other processing has been done. For this reason,
you can not use @refill
with a paragraph containing either
@*
or @w{ ... }
since the refilling action will
override those two commands.
The texinfo-format-region
and texinfo-format-buffer
commands now automatically append @refill
to the end of each
paragraph that should be filled. They do not append @refill
to
the ends of paragraphs that contain @*
or @w{ ...}
and therefore do not refill or indent them.
The character @
is used to start special Texinfo commands.
(It has the same meaning that \
has in plain TeX.) Texinfo
has four types of @-command:
@.
, @:
, @*
, @SPACE
,
@TAB
, @NL
, @@
, @{
, and
@}
.
@dots{}
=> ...
, @equiv{}
=> ==
, @TeX{}
=> `TeX',
and @bullet{}
=>
.
@dfn
indicates
the introductory or defining use of a term; it is used as follows: In
Texinfo, @@-commands are @dfn{mark-up} commands.
@center
or @cindex
. If no argument is needed, the word is followed by
the end of the line. If there is an argument, it is separated from
the command name by a space. Braces are not used.
Thus, the alphabetic commands fall into classes that have different argument syntaxes. You cannot tell to which class a command belongs by the appearance of its name, but you can tell by the command's meaning: if the command stands for a glyph, it is in class 2 and does not require an argument; if it makes sense to use the command together with other text as part of a paragraph, the command is in class 3 and must be followed by an argument in braces; otherwise, it is in class 4 and uses the rest of the line as its argument.
The purpose of having a different syntax for commands of classes 3 and
4 is to make Texinfo files easier to read, and also to help the GNU
Emacs paragraph and filling commands work properly. There is only one
exception to this rule: the command @refill
, which is always
used at the end of a paragraph immediately following the final period
or other punctuation character. @refill
takes no argument and
does not require braces. @refill
never confuses the
Emacs paragraph commands because it cannot appear at the beginning of
a line.
TeX is freely redistributable. You can obtain TeX for Unix systems via anonymous ftp or on physical media. The core material consists of the Web2c TeX distribution (http://tug.org/web2c).
Instructions for retrieval by anonymous ftp and information on other available distributions:
ftp://tug.org/tex/unixtex.ftp http://tug.org/unixtex.ftp
The Free Software Foundation provides a core distribution on its Source Code CD-ROM suitable for printing Texinfo manuals. To order it, contact:
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
59 Temple Place Suite 330
Boston, MA 02111-1307
USA
Telephone: +1-617-542-5942
Fax: (including Japan) +1-617-542-2652
Free Dial Fax (in Japan):
0031-13-2473 (KDD)
0066-3382-0158 (IDC)
Electronic mail: gnu@gnu.org
Many other TeX distributions are available; see http://tug.org/.
This is an alphabetical list of all the @-commands, assorted Emacs Lisp
functions, and several variables. To make the list easier to use, the
commands are listed without their preceding @
.
!
(end of sentence)
: Ending a Sentence
"
: Inserting Accents
'
: Inserting Accents
(newline)
: Multiple Spaces
(space)
: Multiple Spaces
(tab)
: Multiple Spaces
*
(force line break)
: Line Breaks
,
: Inserting Accents
-
: - and hyphenation
.
(end of sentence)
: Ending a Sentence
:
(suppress widening)
: Not Ending a Sentence
=
: Inserting Accents
?
(end of sentence)
: Ending a Sentence
@
(single @
)
: Inserting An Atsign
\emergencystretch
: Overfull hboxes
^
: Inserting Accents
`
: Inserting Accents
aa
: Inserting Accents
AA
: Inserting Accents
acronym
: acronym
ae
: Inserting Accents
AE
: Inserting Accents
afourlatex
: A4 Paper
afourpaper
: A4 Paper
alias
: alias
anchor
: anchor
appendix
: unnumbered & appendix
appendixsec
: unnumberedsec appendixsec heading
appendixsection
: unnumberedsec appendixsec heading
appendixsubsec
: unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec subheading
appendixsubsubsec
: subsubsection
apply
: Sample Function Definition
asis
: table
author
: title subtitle author
b
(bold font)
: Fonts
buffer-end
: Def Cmd Template
bullet
: bullet
bye
: File End, Ending a File
c
(comment)
: Comments
cartouche
: cartouche
center
: titlefont center sp
centerchap
: chapter
chapheading
: majorheading & chapheading
chapter
: chapter
cindex
: Indexing Commands
cite
: cite
clear
: ifset ifclear
code
: code
columnfractions
: Multitable Column Widths
command
: command
comment
: Comments
contents
: Contents
copyright
: copyright symbol, Copyright & Permissions
cropmarks
: Cropmarks and Magnification
defcodeindex
: New Indices
defcv
: Abstract Objects
deffn
: Functions Commands
deffnx
: deffnx
defindex
: New Indices
definfoenclose
: definfoenclose
defivar
: Abstract Objects
defmac
: Functions Commands
defmethod
: Abstract Objects
defop
: Abstract Objects
defopt
: Variables Commands
defspec
: Functions Commands
deftp
: Data Types
deftypefn
: Typed Functions
deftypefun
: Typed Functions
deftypeivar
: Abstract Objects
deftypeop
: Abstract Objects
deftypevar
: Typed Variables
deftypevr
: Typed Variables
defun
: Functions Commands
defvar
: Variables Commands
defvr
: Variables Commands
Development/Docs/Texinfo Customize group
: Texinfo Mode Printing
dfn
: dfn
dircategory
: Installing Dir Entries
direntry
: Installing Dir Entries
display
: display
dmn
: dmn
documentencoding
: documentencoding
documentlanguage
: documentlanguage
dotaccent
: Inserting Accents
dotless
: Inserting Accents
dots
: dots
email
: email
emph
: emph & strong
end
: Introducing Lists, Quotations and Examples
end titlepage
: end titlepage
enddots
: dots
enumerate
: enumerate
env
: env
equiv
: Equivalence
error
: Error Glyph
evenfooting
: Custom Headings
evenheading
: Custom Headings
everyfooting
: Custom Headings
everyheading
: Custom Headings
example
: example
exampleindent
: exampleindent
exclamdown
: Inserting Accents
exdent
: exdent
expansion
: expansion
file
: file
filll
: Copyright & Permissions
finalout
: Overfull hboxes
findex
: Indexing Commands
flushleft
: flushleft & flushright
flushright
: flushleft & flushright
foobar
: Optional Arguments
footnote
: Footnotes
footnotestyle
: Footnote Styles
format
: format
forward-word
: Def Cmd Template
ftable
: ftable vtable
group
: group
H
: Inserting Accents
hbox
: Overfull hboxes
heading
: unnumberedsec appendixsec heading
headings
: headings on off
headword
: definfoenclose
html
: Raw Formatter Commands
hyphenation
: - and hyphenation
i
(italic font)
: Fonts
ifclear
: ifset ifclear
ifhtml
: Raw Formatter Commands, Conditional Commands
ifinfo
: Conditional Commands
ifnothtml
: Conditional Not Commands
ifnotinfo
: Conditional Not Commands
ifnottex
: Conditional Not Commands
ifset
: ifset ifclear
iftex
: Conditional Commands
ignore
: Comments
image
: Images
include
: Using Include Files
Info-validate
: Running Info-Validate
inforef
: inforef
input
(TeX command)
: Minimum
isearch-backward
: deffnx
isearch-forward
: deffnx
item
: itemize, table, Multitable Rows
itemize
: itemize
itemx
: itemx
kbd
: kbd
kbdinputstyle
: kbd
key
: key
kindex
: Indexing Commands
l
: Inserting Accents
L
: Inserting Accents
lisp
: lisp
lowersections
: Raise/lower sections
macro
: Defining Macros
mag
(TeX command)
: Cropmarks and Magnification
majorheading
: majorheading & chapheading
makeinfo-buffer
: makeinfo in Emacs
makeinfo-kill-job
: makeinfo in Emacs
makeinfo-recenter-output-buffer
: makeinfo in Emacs
makeinfo-region
: makeinfo in Emacs
math
: math
menu
: Menus
minus
: minus
multitable
: Multi-column Tables
need
: need
next-error
: makeinfo in Emacs
node
: node
noindent
: noindent
novalidate
: Format with tex/texindex
o
: Inserting Accents
O
: Inserting Accents
occur
: Using occur
occur-mode-goto-occurrence
: Showing the Structure
oddfooting
: Custom Headings
oddheading
: Custom Headings
OE
: Inserting Accents
oe
: Inserting Accents
option
: option
page
: page
page
, within @titlepage
: titlepage
pagesizes
: pagesizes
paragraphindent
: paragraphindent
phoo
: definfoenclose
pindex
: Indexing Commands
point
: Point Glyph
pounds
: pounds
print
: Print Glyph
printindex
: Printing Indices & Menus
pxref
: pxref
questiondown
: Inserting Accents
quotation
: quotation
r
(Roman font)
: Fonts
raisesections
: Raise/lower sections
ref
: ref
refill
: Refilling Paragraphs
result
: result
ringaccent
: Inserting Accents
rmacro
: Defining Macros
samp
: samp
sc
(small caps font)
: Smallcaps
section
: section
set
: ifset ifclear
setchapternewpage
: setchapternewpage
setcontentsaftertitlepage
: Contents
setfilename
: setfilename
setshortcontentsaftertitlepage
: Contents
settitle
: settitle
shortcontents
: Contents
shorttitlepage
: titlepage
smallbook
: smallbook
smalldisplay
: small, display
smallexample
: small
smallformat
: small, format
smalllisp
: small
sp
(line spacing)
: sp
sp
(titlepage line spacing)
: titlefont center sp
ss
: Inserting Accents
strong
: emph & strong
subheading
: unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec subheading
subsection
: subsection
subsubheading
: subsubsection
subsubsection
: subsubsection
subtitle
: title subtitle author
summarycontents
: Contents
syncodeindex
: syncodeindex
synindex
: synindex
t
(typewriter font)
: Fonts
tab
: Multitable Rows
table
: Two-column Tables
tex
: Raw Formatter Commands
tex (command)
: tex
texinfo-all-menus-update
: Updating Commands
texinfo-every-node-update
: Updating Commands
texinfo-format-buffer
: texinfo-format commands, Info Formatting, texinfo-format commands
texinfo-format-region
: texinfo-format commands, Info Formatting, texinfo-format commands
texinfo-indent-menu-description
: Other Updating Commands
texinfo-insert-@code
: Inserting
texinfo-insert-@dfn
: Inserting
texinfo-insert-@end
: Inserting
texinfo-insert-@example
: Inserting
texinfo-insert-@item
: Inserting
texinfo-insert-@kbd
: Inserting
texinfo-insert-@node
: Inserting
texinfo-insert-@noindent
: Inserting
texinfo-insert-@samp
: Inserting
texinfo-insert-@table
: Inserting
texinfo-insert-@var
: Inserting
texinfo-insert-braces
: Inserting
texinfo-insert-node-lines
: Other Updating Commands
texinfo-make-menu
: Updating Commands
texinfo-master-menu
: Updating Commands
texinfo-multiple-files-update
: texinfo-multiple-files-update
texinfo-multiple-files-update
(in brief)
: Other Updating Commands
texinfo-sequential-node-update
: Other Updating Commands
texinfo-show-structure
: Using texinfo-show-structure, Showing the Structure
texinfo-start-menu-description
: Inserting
texinfo-tex-buffer
: Printing
texinfo-tex-print
: Printing
texinfo-tex-region
: Printing
texinfo-update-node
: Updating Commands
thischapter
: Custom Headings
thischaptername
: Custom Headings
thisfile
: Custom Headings
thispage
: Custom Headings
thistitle
: Custom Headings
tieaccent
: Inserting Accents
tindex
: Indexing Commands
title
: title subtitle author
titlefont
: titlefont center sp
titlepage
: titlepage
today
: Custom Headings
top
(@-command)
: makeinfo top command
u
: Inserting Accents
ubaraccent
: Inserting Accents
udotaccent
: Inserting Accents
unmacro
: Defining Macros
unnumbered
: unnumbered & appendix
unnumberedsec
: unnumberedsec appendixsec heading
unnumberedsubsec
: unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec subheading
unnumberedsubsubsec
: subsubsection
up-list
: Inserting
uref
: uref
url
: url
v
: Inserting Accents
value
: set value
var
: var
vindex
: Indexing Commands
vskip
: Copyright & Permissions
vtable
: ftable vtable
w
(prevent line break)
: w
xref
: xref
{
(single {
)
: Inserting Braces
}
(single }
)
: Inserting Braces
~
: Inserting Accents
--commands-in-node-names
: makeinfo options
--delete
: Invoking install-info
--dir-file=name
: Invoking install-info
--entry=text
: Invoking install-info
--error-limit=limit
: makeinfo options
--fill-column=width
: makeinfo options
--footnote-style=style
: makeinfo options
--force
: makeinfo options
--help
: makeinfo options, Invoking install-info
--info-dir=dir
: Invoking install-info
--info-file=file
: Invoking install-info
--item=text
: Invoking install-info
--no-headers
: makeinfo options
--no-number-footnotes
: makeinfo options
--no-pointer-validate
: makeinfo options
--no-split
: makeinfo options
--no-validate
: makeinfo options
--no-warn
: makeinfo options
--number-sections
: makeinfo options
--output=file
: makeinfo options
--paragraph-indent=indent
: makeinfo options
--quiet
: Invoking install-info
--reference-limit=limit
: makeinfo options
--remove
: Invoking install-info
--section=sec
: Invoking install-info
--verbose
: makeinfo options
--version
: Invoking install-info, makeinfo options
-D dir
: Invoking install-info
-d name
: Invoking install-info
-D var
: makeinfo options
-e limit
: makeinfo options
-e text
: Invoking install-info
-F
: makeinfo options
-f width
: makeinfo options
-h
: makeinfo options, Invoking install-info
-I dir
: makeinfo options
-i file
: Invoking install-info
-o file
: makeinfo options
-P dir
: makeinfo options
-p indent
: makeinfo options
-r
: Invoking install-info
-r limit
: makeinfo options
-s sec
: Invoking install-info
-s style
: makeinfo options
-V
: makeinfo options, Invoking install-info
:
last in INFOPATH
: Other Info Directories
@include
file sample: Sample Include File
@menu
parts: Menu Parts
@node
line writing: Writing a Node
@w
, for blank items: itemize
\input
source line ignored: setfilename
autoexec.bat
: Other Info Directories
makeinfo
: makeinfo Pointer Creation
@code
: code
code
, arg to @kbdinputstyle
: kbd
makeinfo
: makeinfo Pointer Creation
@inforef
: inforef
@pxref
: pxref
@ref
: ref
@xref
: xref
dir
directory for Info installation: Install an Info File
dir
file listing: New Info File
dir
file, creating your own: Other Info Directories
dir
files and Info directories: Other Info Directories
dir
, created by install-info
: Invoking install-info
distinct
, arg to @kbdinputstyle
: kbd
End
node footnote style: Footnote Styles
epsf.tex
: Images
epsf.tex
, installing
: Preparing for TeX
example
, arg to @kbdinputstyle
: kbd
tex
and texindex
: Format with tex/texindex
hboxes
, overfull: Overfull hboxes
help2man
: Using Texinfo
href
, producing HTML: uref
ifinfo
permissions: ifinfo Permissions
@setfilename
: setfilename
@setfilename
: setfilename
Info-directory-list
: Other Info Directories
INFOPATH
: Other Info Directories
INSTALL
file, generating: makeinfo options
install-info
: Invoking install-info
lpr
(DVI print command)
: Print with lpr
lpr
-d, replacements on MS-DOS/MS-Windows
: Print with lpr
makeinfo
: Using Texinfo
makeinfo
inside Emacs: makeinfo in Emacs
makeinfo
options: makeinfo options
dir
file: New Info File
@occur
: Using occur
makeinfo
: makeinfo options
hboxes
: Overfull hboxes
page-delimiter
: Showing the Structure
pdftex
: PDF Output
pdftex
, and images
: Images
makeinfo
: makeinfo Pointer Creation
makeinfo
: Pointer Validation
@inforef
: inforef
@pxref
: pxref
@ref
: ref
@xref
: xref
ridt.eps
: Images
Info-validate
: Using Info-validate
makeinfo
in Emacs: makeinfo in Emacs
@include
file: Sample Include File
Separate
footnote style: Footnote Styles
tex
and texindex
: Format with tex/texindex
makeinfo
in: makeinfo in Emacs
@kbd
: kbd
texi2dvi
: Format with tex/texindex
texi2dvi
(shell script)
: Format with texi2dvi
texindex
: Hardcopy, Format with tex/texindex
texinfo.cnf
: setfilename
texinfo.cnf
installation
: Preparing for TeX
texinfo.tex
, installing
: Preparing for TeX
TEXINPUTS
: Preparing for TeX
TEXINPUTS
environment variable: Preparing for TeX
Top
node: The Top Node
Top
node naming for references: Top Node Naming
Top
node summary: Top Node Summary
@deffn
: deffnx
@table
: itemx
txi-cc.tex
: documentlanguage
vskip
): Copyright & Permissions
@node
line: Writing a Node
The first syllable of "Texinfo" is pronounced
like "speck", not "hex". This odd pronunciation is derived from,
but is not the same as, the pronunciation of TeX. In the word
TeX, the X
is actually the Greek letter "chi" rather than
the English letter "ex". Pronounce TeX as if the X
were the
last sound in the name `Bach'; but pronounce Texinfo as if the x
were a `k'. Spell "Texinfo" with a capital "T" and the other
letters in lower case.
In some documents, the first child has no `Previous' pointer. Occasionally, the last child has the node name of the next following higher level node as its `Next' pointer.
You can also use the
texi2roff
program if you
do not have TeX; since Texinfo is designed for use with TeX,
texi2roff
is not described here. texi2roff
is not part of
the standard GNU distribution and is not maintained or up-to-date with
all the Texinfo features described in this manual.
The word argument comes from the way it is used in mathematics and does not refer to a dispute between two people; it refers to the information presented to the command. According to the Oxford English Dictionary, the word derives from the Latin for to make clear, prove; thus it came to mean `the evidence offered as proof', which is to say, `the information offered', which led to its mathematical meaning. In its other thread of derivation, the word came to mean `to assert in a manner against which others may make counter assertions', which led to the meaning of `argument' as a dispute.
We have found that it is helpful to refer to versions of manuals as `editions' and versions of programs as `versions'; otherwise, we find we are liable to confuse each other in conversation by referring to both the documentation and the software with the same words.
Menus can carry you to any node, regardless of the hierarchical structure; even to nodes in a different Info file. However, the GNU Emacs Texinfo mode updating commands work only to create menus of subordinate nodes. Conventionally, cross references are used to refer to other nodes.
It would be straightforward to extend Texinfo to work in a similar fashion for C, Fortran, or other languages.
A footnote should complement or expand upon the primary text, but a reader should not need to read a footnote to understand the primary text. For a thorough discussion of footnotes, see The Chicago Manual of Style, which is published by the University of Chicago Press.
Here is the sample footnote.
Note the use
of the ;
character, instead of :
, as directory separator
on these systems.
On MS-DOS/MS-Windows systems, Info will
try the .inf
extension as well.
Note the
use of ;
as the directory separator, and a different syntax for
using values of other environment variables.
On MS-DOS/MS-Windows systems, use semi-colon instead.
Perhaps the command should have been
called the @refillandindent
command, but @refill
is
shorter and the name was chosen before indenting was possible.